Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
/ J$C-OSgO °
__ .... SKYLAB1/4
_ ONBOARD VOICE
_ .._: _TRANSCRIPTION
PREPARED BY
TEST DIVISION
PROGRAM OPERATIONS OFFICE
t z
'_, : MARCH1974
'._
-%
A
INTRODUCTION
' This document is the transcription of the Skylab 1/4 1"light crew
'_ commt_nieation_ (i) as recorded on the command m odlLle (CM)data stor,_ge
equipment (DSE) and (2) as recorded on the airlock module (AM) recorder.
Data from 'these recorders are telemetered (dumped) to Space Tracking
and Data Net%-ork (STDN) sites for retransmission to the Lyndon B. Johnson
./i Space Center. Traflscription of these tapes was managed by William A.
Kelley, Test Division, Progrs/n 0perations Office, to whom inquiries
regarding this document should be referred.
J
_ext. The Greenwich mean time (GMT) column consists of four mul%idigit
num.bers representing days, hours, minutes, and seconds (e.g., 209 22 34 14)
for the Julian dates shown as the first three numbers of the time col_.
The speaker column indicates the source of a transmission; the text
columnThe
contains the verbatim transcript of the communications.
transcript is divided into three columns -- time, speaker, and
_ Spacecraft:
MS Multiple speakers
! AA Unidentifiedstation
ii
/
'i
iii
/
/
DAY 339 (AM)
_. 733
SPT ...
SPT ...
CC Roger. We copy.
CDR Stand by -
PLT Yes, you don't want - you don't want that one
running.
CREW ...
CDR Up or down?
339 00 07 2h CDR This is the CDR again. One question that I'd like
to ask of the S019 people is. After we've done the
reference star- after we've done the reference
star data - Okay -
CDR Yes.
CDR Okay.
PLT ... has a big ... And both times I worked it,
•.. film hatch closed, it wouldn't work. I got
another good photograph.
k__ w
736 -
339 00 09 36 CDR And the question is, Is there any danger of light
getting back through the - the eyepiece and - and
bothering your exposures?
339 00 16 49 CDR Hey, Ed. I got three-quarters of one MAR for you
and one PATROL, SHORT bef - to try to catch up
before things Just dissolved into a cocked hat
and I had to abandon the ATM. I barely got the
thing parked and in position for the ground for
their unattended pass.
339 00 22 ll CDR Hey, Ed, do we have any frozen food for dinner?
I bet we do.
339 00 24 26 CDR MARK. That terminates the S019 exercise for today.
Setting the ROTATION and TILT to zero.
339 00 25 12 CDR ROTATION and TILT are zero. Going to retract the
mirror now.
738 ---
339 O0 30 07 SPT The third one was the focus, and that was when I
would focus it with the slide on the bottom. When-
339 O0 30 43 SPT I think what you are going to see is some dead-
looking plants. The skeletal structure of the
plant is still intract - intact, but the part con-
taining the protoplasm - correction - the part
con - green part containing the chlorophyl looked
I as thoughthat was rather soft and had come off
the - the stem or the skeletal structure. So with
my real regret to Cheryl Peltz at Arapahoe High
School, who I know has ... a real long time on
this and very hard, I'm sorry we couldn't make a
"go" of it. And I hope she learned something in
the - in the effort, and I hope it's been construc-
J_ tive. And it's my sincereregret then - that it
hasn't worked out well for her.
339 00 35 57 SPT I then moved in and got the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER for
the previous location - or for the previous orbit
done. Then stepped through and did essentially
everything that was asked for here - all of the
building block 10. However, when I got to the
position of Lk'WT, minus 50 and DOWN, minus 1146,
I found towards the end of it that I already had
made an error and was doing it at 1046; so I went
T_O _
339 O0 38 24 SPT So we'll try to get that one again, if the time
comes up tomorrow. However, I don't think we
lost - lost a great deal. We did get one - one
MIRROR - a little over one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
there, and we did get one with 100 seconds more
overlap than you wanted; so we missed the top
100 seconds.
339 00 49 33 CDR At the precise time, there was clouds below us,
and we couldn't see anything; in fact, we did not
even see the Bonin Islands. But about 40 seconds
later, we - we found a picture - we found a small
island that looked like a volcano.
339 00 52 h_ CDR This is the CDR at 00:53 Zulu. I've come back to
the scene of the crime to try to recap what happen-
ed on my last ATM pass, which was the one that
started at about 23:00 Zulu. When I got here, Ed
indicated that there were some steps that we were
going to try to pick up during the observing time,
which was part of his building - building block l0
out of JOP 26. I got a briefing on that and was
all set to go. We got into Slmrise, and I did the
Sun-side prep. And I found that the 82A door had
not opened. At that time, I Just reached up and
hit the switch to the OPEN position, and it still
remained white.
339 00 56 22 CDR That's about the time I realized that S019 was
due to start at 23:52, and I've already said my
words to FAO about scheduling S019 right next to
an ATM pass. That's what got me in trouble last
time. So I finally terminated my attempt to pick
up building block l0 in the observing time. I
moved the canister to the unattended precise point-
ing coordinates and set the GRATING up at 2434 and
scampered off and left the mess laying here and
picked up SO19 from Bill Pogue and finished that
Job.
339 00 58 22 CDR I guess the upshot of the whole thing is, I got
all the data. I wasted one frame of S082B film,
I got no observing time, I got a good start on an
ulcer, and that's about it.
TIME SKIP
339 02 47 06 CDR This is the CDR again with more to say on New
Zealand. I guess as it stands right now, we have
744
339 03 19 20 PLT Okay, this is the PLT starting the EREP workaround
procedure - malfunction procedure, whatever it is.
I will voice record all steps. Step l: Rotate
camera to intermediate position - while pinching
the hand with poorly designedlatch. Okay, that's
in intermediate position. Remove front shield and
stow. In work.
PLT You can give them the last - the - the ATM film
count there, Ed, if you would.
339 03 21 06 PLT ... anything ... and better in zero g, but they
didn't
wantto.
746 _-_
CDR ...
PLT Did Jer ever say when that next AOS is?
339 03 42 14 PLT Okay, the PLT. I can't see that it'd be any
problem here in doing step 7. I think I'll go
ahead and - and try it. Pull the circuit breaker.
I'm going to try step 6 once more. Circuit break-
er, OPEN. Okay. Turn this ... to half turn.
Okay, I'm doing that. Okay, got it half turned.
T4T
339 03 44 59 PLT Okay, checkout, page 1-5. 1-5. S190 camera check.
Panel 106. Remove front shield. Stow on M-124.
Inspect all desiccants. Well, we've done that, but
I'll do it again. Get my flashlight out. I think
I aAready know the problem. I think FMC is dinging
everything else up. Probably got a short down
there in it some place.
339 03 46 47 PLT Okay, all of them all fixed at 2.8. CAMERA CONTROL,
LOCAL. Stand by.
339 03 48 31 PLT Got a READY light. FRAMES PER SEQUENCE, 06. FRAME
INTERVAL, 6. Verify magazine drive on each station -
and FMC motion after EREP SYST_, START.
339 03 48 52 PLT Okay, I'm not going to get any FMC; I can tell you
that right now. There's one, two, three - yes -
four, five, six, and no FMC because the FMC breaker's
popped. Okay, so I've verified magazine drive
on each station, but -
SPT ...
SPT ...
749
PLT Yes, I found the gear that you twist and every-
thing. Verify magazine drive on each station
and then - I'm going to try once more.
339 03 53 44 PLT Okay, that's done; the shields are back on. Front
and rear shields; rotate camera to stowage posi-
tion;EREP,BUS i, OFF.
339 03 53 55 PLT Now. PANEL DISPLAY, OFF; close C_D cover. Okay.
Completes that and -
TIME SKIP
339 12 30 44 SPT SPT at 12:30. M133 log: Day 339; 7.7 hours;
quality's good; remark, 3. Once during the middle
of the night, got up to urinate. Could not go to
sleep for about another, oh, 45 minutes until after
that and upon awakening was sleepy. That's number
4.
339 12 31 16 SPT Oh, the - and after that, the quaJLity of the sleep
was not impaired by a sleep cap at all, and both
of the electrodes looked good - the middle of the
night, the beginning, and at the end.
TIME SKIP
TIME SI_P
339 lh 54 29 SPT SPT at 14:54, ATM - debriefing the ATM ops that
began at 14:B2 Just before the Z-LV pass. Did
building block 32, the quickie. Went straight-
forward. I did not give a PATROL, SHORT at that
point after less than - I mean 400 K before ESR.
At the conclusion, though, I did take some pic-
tures of the corona and the XUV monitor. And at
that point we're above h00 K, and I gave the
PATROL, SHORT 50 seconds.
339 15 Oh 06 SPT I could see it going back - Well, ... days - for
2 days, I could still see it. What is a little
surprising is that even when I go back 2 days ago,
it appears in rough]y the same location; so I'm
going to dig back through all of m_ photos here
and see whether we might have a real artifact in
the system or whether it's something that really
does exist. I'll try and give you a report on it
later.
339 15 24 43 SPT Also on ETC setup this morning, I did put in a new
desiccant. So we've got one good blue desiccant
in here and one more good blue one left in stowage
here, and the othershave turnedwhite or - or
pink.
TIME SKIP
339 15 5_ 04 CDR This is the CDR at 15:54, at Mike Tango 2 for the
EREP CKD prep. Monitor Delta 6 reads 57 percent.
PLT Standing by -
CC Okay, Jer. And, Ed, you were cut out by the C&D
ops. Could you repeat what you said, please?
SPT Yes, I could talk with you more on them later, but
essentially what I would need is the fine maneuver
up here, which is accumulative of a few I've already
756 _.
CC Okay.
339 16 ll 57 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK; that was at 57. 12:02 -
339 16 14 34 CDR MARK. At 14 :34, the 192 MODE to CHECK. The 8190
READY light went out at 14:40; MODE is STANDBY;
FR is going to 41. 14: 51, ETC to STANDBY. Okay,
Ed? And SHUTTER 8pk_N_ to 140. At 15, the down-
link is going off. Next mark is at 15:30.
339 16 15 13 PLT Okay, PLT here. Successful on 330, 305, 308, 307.
Very good tracking sequences on all targets.
CC Great, Bill.
339 16 18 08 PLT That thing looks like it has water in the top of
it, in the cone. l'm looking for actives. Maybe
it's smoke I see.
PLT Okay. I'm going to try to get more than one, Story.
I'm getting real good data on this primary one.
CC Beautiful.
CgR - - 78.
339 16 23 05 PLT Okay, we're going right across the Amazon now -
headwaters anyway.
339 16 26 25 CDR Okay. At] the apertures are at 2.8. Put your
finger there.
339 16 27 09 PLT By George, that was a good run. I'm real proud
of that.
339 16 27 37 CDR Okay, we got quite a bit of time here now. This
is the CDR. For the record, I never did get
around yesterday after the EREP pass of recapping
the - the frames that I took with the DAC. That
was DAC 04. And the film in it was - I didn't
mean DAC 0_; I meant DAC 05. Let's see. Film
canister was Charlie Lima 09, isn't it?
CDR Okay - -
PLT Yes.
PLT ... you don't think you got it. They won't go
out by themselves. That procedure, by the way,
I had to put over there.
CDR Okay.
SPT Tb,nk you, Story. You guys down there are getting
smarter and smarter.
CDR Yes.
PLT Okay, stand by for the first limb cal. The pro-
cedure, I guess, is it?
CDR 40 :28.
FLT Staredby -
PLT Stand by -
PLT 45 :50 -
CDR Oh.
765
CDR/PLT Standby -
CDR Oh.
PLT Okay.
339 16 5h l0 PLT Okay. On the Earth limb again, I did not push
the DATA pushbutton. The times were all correct.
The pointings were all correct with the exception
of step 2. And I inadvertently hit IMC ON on -
on the Bravo setup. And other than that, all of
the runs were as pads, within a fraction of a
second.
339 16 58 2h SPT SPT at 14:58 [sic]. ATM, the pass after - opera-
tions after the Z-LV pass was completed. We got
the building block 2 in, had a call. Then the
shopping list items: Went over to prominence num-
ber 37 and did a short version of building block -
shopping list item 28 Bravo. We were 21 arc seconds
above the limb. Hey, let's go back. It's - it
is building block 28, and it was a shortened version
of it. I was not able to get in two. Frames were
56 for the complete three MIRROR AUTO RASTER for 55.
We're 21 arc seconds above the limb. We can't get
to it. The slit completely covered by prominence.
56, we got a SINGLE FRAME 2, 4 minutes, and we cut
off at ESS. 82B, we got a TIME exposure, LONG
WAVI_T,k'NGTH,4-1/2 minutes. We were cut off by ESS;
55, given a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. 400 K came at
about line 50 for them. There are a few minutes
remaining. We went into MIRROR, LINE SCAN for -
getting on in into sunset, prominence - Okay,
that was prominence 39, in place of 37 which I
said initi-]]y. Prominence 39 is not as definite,
as clear as 37 was, but we can certainly, on monitor
l, have all the clarity and detail we need for, I
think, really good pointing.
767
339 17 04 28 CDR This is the CDR at 17:04 Zulu. EREP tape recor-
der tape remaining is 2.3 centimeters.
TIME SKIP
339 18 22 34 SPT Okay, that one was carried out all right except
for 55. And there, as I went around to pick up
the - after going to 0028, and I went around to
pick up the new one, I got a call from Houston
and got diverted. Missed going to MECHANICAL
REF and took another lap around the GRATING.
Came back and did not add 102 on, as they were
talking to me again.
339 18 23 00 SPT And net result was, I Just got behind there. What
55 got then essentially was two GRATING, AUTO
SCANs and a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at MECHANICAL
REFERENCE zero. You know, this thing really is
like trying to put socks on an octopus; you can't
let up for an instant. And when Houston calls
again, I'll Just have to ignore them if I'm doing
something. There 's Just no way around it. Okay,
second one: I then moved 60 arc seconds - From
_ our discussion this morning, I assumed that what
they wanted to do was to - by up, they meant
away from the prominence, not away from the limb.
I would hope that could be clarified in the future
if they really did mean away from the limb. I
asked in real time after - slightly after I started
the building block and it was said that I had gone
in the right direction.
339 18 24 l0 SPT What I did was to move away from the prominence,
but at the same elevation; that is, 21 arc seconds
towards the north. I was 21 arc seconds above
the limb, and I moved 60 arc seconds to the north.
Had the slit still tangent to the limb, which by
eyeball ... gave me an UP/DOWN of around minus
16, which I stuck with because that's what I used
on the first exposure. Okay, those exposures
were carried out without any problem. 55 again
got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at the right location
or at the right setting, although it was - there
was a false start involved there. They didn't
get one at 696 MECHANICAL. And the last exposure
was carried out with no problem, in a quiet
region - a non-prominence region, if you will -
further north than the previous view sites,
770
339 18 29 50 SPT Okay. SPT again; an addendum on the last ATM re-
port. 55 requested a new setup for the MLS for
the next orbit, and they have been positioned
with the MLS tangent to the limb, 20 arc seconds -
21 arc seconds above the limb, with the - headline
32 pointed right at the bottom center of the prom-
inence. So you ought to get some good MIRROR LINE
SCAN data, come ... 40 K on the next orbit. And
also, you're in MIRROR, LINE SCAN right now, going
into ESS - or going into a 40 K sunset. And you
got about a little over a minute's worth of data
here. So you're looking at the same spot when you
come up.
339 18 36 53 CDR This is the CDR at 18:36 with readings for house-
keeping 2 Charlies, which is rate gyro temperature.
For X-ray 6, 9h degrees; Yankee 6, 93 degrees;
Yankee 5, 94 degrees ; Zulu 6, 96 degrees ; X-ray 5,
95 degrees; Zulu 5, 94 degrees. Now come the
questions : Where - There is a possibility that
??l
TIME
SKIP
339 20 05 3_ CDR This is the CDR at 20:06 Zulu, reporting the start
of the LBNP run, M092, with the subject the SPT,
at 19:_0. This information is for M151.
TIME SKIP
339 20 32 _ CDR This is the CDR for the M155 folks - correction,
151 folks. LBNP, M092: Exercise was terminated
at 20 :33 Zulu.
339 20 52 19 CDR This is the CDR at 20:53 Zulu. Ml71-1; the subject
is the SPT. VITAL CAPACITIES: 4.790, 4.802, 4.805.
TIME SKIP
339 21 28 37 CDR This is the CDR at 21:28. The MITI run was termi-
nated at 21:20. The SPT has kept his hioharness
on - his VCG harness on. We have now shifted to
the ERGOMETER, ON ; VCG mode, 0N. Recorders - EX-
PERIMENT RECORDERs A and B are still ON. And
you'll get instrumented exercise on the ergometer.
TIME SKIP
339 21 55 06 SPT SPT at 2-1:55. Post M171 run: PERCENT 02, 73.25;
PERCENT H20 , 05.01; PERCENT 02 [sic], 02.06.
PLT Okay.
339 22 04 45 PLT Okay, this is PLT. I see that green light is now
on ...
339 22 09 01 PLT Well, that's the way it works down below, though.
CDR 30 seconds.
CDR 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1-
339 22 14 00 PLT OFF. Okay, Jer, press on. Okay, the exposure
was terminated Just about on the minute_ lh minutes.
And we got a - That was terminated a minute earlier
than the pad calledfor. We startedat 07:4 - -
PLT Well, that's how you learn. Okay, the PLT to recap
that. The exposure of T-11 field was started at
21:00 even. It was terminated at 22:05:26. Comet
was started at 22:06 - 22:07:44 and terminated at
22:14.
339 22 19 41 SPT The heart rate at the upper load was just around
160 a little bit over there towards the end. On
the ground, it was up around 170, 173 or 4, I think,
at times. So I guess the bike-riding up here is
getting me in better shape for that. I wasn't
overly impressed with the oxygen consumption, how-
ever. It seems to be lower than what I had on the
ground. I'm going to plot those things up when
I get the chance to. I'm going to ask for some
time to plot up all that good medical data and
then get back with you a little bit more on it.
Looked like a good series of runs from m_ stand-
point. Be interested in hearing from you if you
get any good comments.
TIME SKIP
339 23 13 52 PLT PLT at 23:14. Water tank 5 tested out 6 parts per
million.
###
DAY 340 [AM]
777
340 00 47 19 SPT Okay, the work on the prominence P-39 went pretty
well. We worked in the first JOP 4A, step 4,
building block 37. Went with the 82B SLIT, again
tangent to the limb. And again the best part to
look at for 82B standpoint was the foot of the
prominence in the north end.
TIME SKIP
340 02 27 50 SPT Okay, also on CX_7, frame number 57, and taken at
01:38 Out over - well, let's go back to the pre-
vious one: that was taken at 01:34. The next one,
frame 57, was taken at 01:38 out off the coast of
Taiwan. And we were looking at a weather system,
looked like a frontal system, lot of low-lying
78o
340 02 43 07 PLT Don't sweat it. I don't think I - I'm not sure
I'm going to be able to see this anyway.
CC SPT, Houston.
PLT Charlie 3.
PLT i minute
to go. -
340 04 02 27 CDR Now the reason for this is that you do some heavy
PT and then you've got to clean yourself up before
you can go do something else. And if you have
two PT periods, a]] that means is you've got
two personal hygiene periods. And what it essen-
tially does is cut your PT down. Now on a - on
an average hour and a half period of PT, I think
you can get about an hour and 5 to l0 minutes of
exercise. And it's going to take you 25 minutes
to clean yourself up afterwards. And if you don't
believe it takes that long, go over to the Skylab
workshop, get a washcloth, and try - try to take
a bath. Wash your entire body with nothing but
a washcloth and a - and a pail of water and see
how long it takes you to do it.
340 04 03 15 CDR Okay, the next subject is the presleep and post- -
sleep periods. I think it's becoming apparent to
me that these two periods are being impacted more
and more as the days go on. Yesterday, as I
remember, was - we had a few items that we picked
up in a presleep and postsleep, and tonight we
had S063. And the problem here is that right as
of today, none of us has as yet had any time to
sit down and read or write or just stare out the
window unless we do it after bedtime when - when
the ground stops talking to us. Now I would like
to request that these periods be kept Just as open
as possible in order for us to get some relaxation.
The exception to this is ATM. If you want to run
ATM periods, one presleep and one postsleep; we're
willing to go along with that. But we don't need
a lot of the other stuff that goes with it. I
think - On the ground I don't think we would be
expected to work a 16-hour day for 85 days on the
ground, and so I really don't see why we should
even try to do it up here.
340 04 04 28 CDR I think that you'll - you'll find that you'll get
better work out of us, we'll be more rested and
much more efficient if we can do the following
things: That is, eat at regular times and have
785
340 04 05 45 CDR Now moving on to the days off, I don't think that
we should work too much on our days off. I think
that our day-off wakeup time should be lh :00
rather than 12:00. I think an EREP pass is okay,
but on that day when we have an EREP pass, there
should be only two ATM passes for Ed because
working an EREP pass with us and then working
four ATM passes Just completely bombs out his
whole day. And I think it's too much.
i
i
786
340 04 19 20 SPT SPT at 04:19. Subject for M131 and spatial orien-
tation Judgment. Okay, I think I've ta1_ed once
before about phenomena of your mind all of a sudden
snapping to recognition of a one-g orientation or
a one-g situation. Briefly, what I alluded to, I
believe, was in the 0WS if you are upside
down-sideways, you recognize everything, but it
doesn't seem familiar until you almost can get
yourself relatively close to a one-g orientation,
say, within 30, 40, 50, degrees. Then all of a
sudden your - your mind recognizes it as something
you're very familiar with. In the MDA there are
some other interesting sensations. One is, if
you're looking out of the - one of the hatch
windows, one of the STS windows, or looking out
of the EREP window, you find that when you come
back - move your head back inside and look down
the axis of the MDA, say, toward the 0WS, you feel
that your'e looking down a long tube. I mean
down - that is, a long tube which - in which there
is a bottom, and it is in a one-g sense a down.
340 04 21 03 SPT You know, of course, that you're not going to fall
down it. But you do have a sensation that it's
down. When you then move into the - away from the
window and into the MDA a little bit, then all of
a sudden old familiar landmarks come into being.
And then when you look along the axis towards the
0WS it's no longer down but Just across - just
a - another - another distance with no real
direction associated with it except maybe Just a
very neutral across.
3)40 04 22 3)4 SPT What surprises me is that even after - been about
3 weeks now, that that still persists. Apparently,
that familiarlty with the - that we acquired in
the one-g trainer in Houston really stuck with
US.
340 lh _5 ll CDR This is the CDR at lh:h5, debriefing the last ATM
pass. The ATM pass commenced at about 13:)45 and
consisted of some downl_nk and some setting up of -
of the canister for downlink data for J0P 13. And
then after all that was finished - let me think
now about the downlink. The downlink was about
9 minutes long, and the ground was pretty much -
We were in real time conversation during that time.
_ I didn't think the white light coronagraph informa-
tion was too dandy because it seemed to me that
with a ROLL of 10,800, we had really rolled part
of the - the structure of the corona up underneath
the pylon. And I suggested that we ROLL to minus
5)400, but the ground didn't want to do it.
CDR The nuZ update went without any problem, and the nu Z
that we ended up with was minus O.1. The Sun is
very, very quiet, very plain; it looked like o_t-
meal to me. I saw one very small filament. And
I'm trying to remember Just where it was. I believe
at that particular time the ROLL was 1080. And
so that would have put the filament up around 220
to 230 degrees. And as I remember, it was out
about 0.8. It was not a very large filament, and
that is Just about it. There's not a whole lot
that could be said. The XUV, when we looked at
that, showed a few bright spots, one bright
spot on each limb, indicating there was activity
behind the limb. And I think active region 76 or T
is coming arouud the east limb now. There was one
• spot right near the middle of the XUV spot, right
near the middle. But, of course, all these were
visible only upon - with INTEGRATION.
340 15 04 28 PLT The PLT at 15:05 and with timing for the first
sequence - Stand by i. It's about to complete the
1260 sequence. It was started on time at about
44:05. TILT, I'ii recheck, 325.4 - excuse me,
ROTATION is 325.4; TILT is 12.1.
PLT And both fans did come on when I put them back to
SECONDARY, PRIMARY, respectively, MOL SIEVE A and B.
PLT Okay, PLT. Still waiting for the end of the first
sequence on PLATE number 1. The ROTATION is veri-
fied as 325.4; TILT, 12.1; PLATE, O1. Let's see -
There was one comment I did want to ma_e when I
was setting this up. Everything was done according
to pad. Recorder's _nning and everything else.
Okay, I'll think of it in Just a minute.
3h0 15 08 30 PLT START now, And that should be finished about 15,
so we should have plenty of time to get it before
sunrise, The comment I wanted to m-_e was the nuz.
Nuz was - for the pad is minus 0.5. Let's see, I
340 15 17 52 SPT I had the - the blood onto the - the glass slide
and the hemolysis applicator working inside
15 seconds. So I don't think we had any problem
there. And the reading is fairly consistent with
what you wottld expect. On the CDR and SPT I took
two readings both - on both of them. The CDR, the
first one was a little bit higher, somewhere in
about mid-16, 16.5 or so; and then in the second
one was 16.1. This is all on the blood out of the
same syringe. And I Just put it - cleaned off
the - the glass slide and read it again. And in
each case, I'm giving you the second one because
I was extremely careful in m_king - preparing the
slide and in reading the second one. The first
one I was careful, but Just to douhlecheek I went
back and found out that I did have a - a slight
deviation, and I was surprised. On the SPT, the
first one was down in 13.9, and the number - second
number I gave you was lh.h. This is not a real
large spread but it is a significantly larger
sl_read than I would get by reading the meter.
TIME SKIP
340 15 44"35 CDR We did see the light green and the deeper blue, out
further in the deep water. We were unable to see
any kind of current eddies or anything like that
because of - as I mentioned before, the lack of -
of sunglint. However, the cumulus buildup which •
Overlaid [sic] the pattern of cloud streets was very
definitely there. And we snapped some photos of
792
it. And the camera used was the Nikon, with the
55-millimeter lens, and the - the magazine was
Charlie X-ray 20. The settings were f/8 and f/ll
at 1/250. I will give you the - the exact frame
ntmber. Frame number 16 was mainly the cu buildup -
the cumulus cloud buildup. That was frame 16,
f/ll, 55. And then as the area got bluer with a
little less clouds, we stopped it down to 8 and
frame number 15 was a cloud street and some of
the smaller cu buildup arcs - was the f/8 at 55.
Frame number 14 is the same. And then as we got
in toward Yucatan - As we got in over toward the
coast of - of Honduras, we took two more frames,
13 and 12, looking back toward Yucatan. Then we
have a very oblique shot of the Yucatan area which
is - frame number ll again taken f/8 at 1/250.
340 15 46 57 CDR This is the CDR again, following up the HH33 special
that I was Just talking about a couple of seconds
ago. And - Just a general recap then is that we
were unable to see the ocean current or any of the
eddies due to lack of sunglint. But the cloud
streets and the - the cumulus-overlaid [sic] clouds
are definitely there. And that - Let 's see, it 's
i0 o'clock in the morning in that area. That's a
little bit early. I'll bet later in the day the -
the cumulus buildups will be even more than now.
TIME SKIP
340 16 28 58 PLT Okay, PLT continuing the steps in the EREP check-
out. Panel 106, CAMERA CONTROL is going to LOCAL
now; SHUTTER CONTROL to OFF, verify; FMC, 5.0 and
in work. Okay, FMC is 5.0; FMC circuit breaker,
OPEN. It is OPEN.
340 16 30 04 PLT Panel ii0, open C&D cover. It's in work. BUS i,
OFF, verify. That is verified. BUS 2, OFF, verify.
That is verified.
340 16 33 03 PLT Three turns and looks like we're getting close to
the stop. I'd say about 3-1/16 turns, or maybe
about, oh, let's see, 20 - 30 degrees past three
full turns as the screw turned in a clockwise
direction as I faced it - end of it. Three -
okay, a little over three turns. Reverse direc-
tion and turn FMC screw one-half the number of
turns between limits and stop. 0kay, that 's in
work. I want to go l-l/2 and a tad over. About
15 degrees more than l-l/2 turns. Okay, there's
one turn. There's l-l/2 and about 15 degrees more.
Okay, that's the completion of step five.
340 16 34 47 PLT Step 6 coming up. Panel ll0; EREP, BUS l, ON.
Yes. EREP, BUS 2, ON now.
TIME SKIP
p_
3h0 17 ii 01 SPT Conclusion of M092 run. Time is 17:10. SPT out.
340 17 21 23 SPT SPT at 17:21. MI71 run CAL, N2, H20 , 1273.
PERCENT CO 2 , 0197.
B40 17 52 30 SPT But I think having the time to sit down in an of-
fice with a good photo, you're going to be able to
do a lot more and gain a lot more information than
we could in a couple of fleeting glances early in
the mission. However, we do feel it's a fairly
important objective to determine what a man can
really do from orbit. So we do feel that later on
in the mission, after we've got some good photos of
these handheld targets, we'll try to pick things -
more of these things out by eye.
3h0 17 53 36 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass started at 16:56 ap-
proximately. After the schedule, I continued with
the J0P 5 Charlie, step 3 which I had started on
the previous orbit at 15:28. And how I pieced this
together was I - I picked up with the 82 Bravo as
per the limb scan charts, and continued ending up
at the end of the present - the orbit Just com-
pleted; that is, the one that started at 16:56. I
ended up at plus 12 in the f_Im; that is, in
82 Bravo, LIMB SCAN position. So that was at
plus 12. And the film count at the end was 1327.
The 56 experiment, I got the SINGLE FRAME, 1 at the
first part of the orbit, and SINGLE FRAME, h a lit-
tle bit later.
540 17 56 08 SPT And the - the west- excuse me, the east limb I
had - XUV appeared to have activity all up and
down. Looks like there may be some stuff coming
around the corner or it may Just have been the
limb brightening that I saw. Let's see.
TIME SKIP
3h0 18 37 51 CDR This is the CDR at 18:23 [sic] Zulu. I have stored
cabin air after the completion of my exercise period.
The exercise period followed the M171-1 period. At
the end of the M171-1 we did - we did a HIGH CAL and
a LOW CAL, mud then I proceeded on to finish up my
exercise period. PERCENT 02 in stored CABIN AIR in
340 19 17 19 CDR This is the CDR at 19:17 Zulu up on the loop for
S183 operations. Sunsetis 19:23. Okay, I
have Just turned the POWEH, ON, and I 'm looking
at PLATE 03, which is my first plate.
340 19 2_1 18 CDR Our first field is field number Charlie 29. RO-
TATION is 253.2. The TILT that goes with 253.2
is 00.4. And the lock is on. Reverifying 253.2
on the ROTATION; O0.h on the TILT.
340 19 22 43 CDR All right, the exposures are 0 and 0 and 6 - 0620.
And I have set that on 3. I'm going to activate
EXPERIMENT RECORDER i. The time is now -
340 19 23 00 CDR MARK. 19:23. Got to operate the DAC first for
1 second at 12. That's complete. Going back to
80O
340 19 35 55 CDR This is the CDR back on the tape recorder. This
• is S183. The PLATE number 3 exposure is complete on
S183. We 've SEQUENCEd to PLATE number 4, changing
ROTATION at this time to ll9.0. And the TILT is
going to 07.8. Okay, the EXPOSURE settings are
0 and 0 and 1260. All right, the film pla - let's
see. Let's make sure we've got everything right
here. 119.0 on ROTATION; 07.8 on TILT; 0, 0, and
1260. All right, I 'm going to begin the exposure
with a - with a STANDBY and a START.
340 19 56 05 SPT SPT at 19:56 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 18:30. All went according to plan, no problems.
We got a - three - two extra MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
at the end before 400 K at a GRATING POSITION of
2999; that makes a total of three at that position.
56 got a SINGLE FRAME, 1 for 20 minutes. And at
the very beginning, after the building block 2
when I looked at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH TV
display, is when I noticed the problem which has
been mentioned earlier.
340 19 58 20 CDR This is the CDR; the subject is S183. And promptly
at 19:58, sunset time, I terminated the exposure on
S183 - that's PLATE 04. The sequence had not com-
pleted yet. I think I probably cheated you out of
801
TIME SKIP
340 20 48 03 PLT Just off Santa Cruz. However, this whole area
is enormous. I can't see how - unless it's just
a continuing the pollution carried by something
like the Gulf Stream or something - how you could
pollute that large an area.
3h0 20 48 16 PLT But anyway that's what we took the picture of.
340 20 58 13 SPT SPT at 20:58. ATM - the pass which began at 20:03
with the no-CALROC alternative. Okay. The
pointing for spicules seemed to be rather a
challenging task even with the good monitor we
have. I think we're Just barely on the threshold
of being able to see individual ones. What I
experienced was: Moving to the limb, occasionally
the south pole, getting the CO_','At_STand BRIGHTNESS
adjusted throughout the roll, which is about a
CONTRAST of 3 and BRI(_TNESS of 7 -
340 20 59 13 SPT Looking at the limb and seeing what I thought was
an individual spicule, looking at it for about
5 seconds and then I would notice I would no
longer be able to discern it. Which - It must
be an optical, an effect which I've seen on other
things when you stare at something for a period
of time, you all of a sudden lose the ability to
discern the very fine features. That's apparently
what happened here. If I look away a little while,
then I look back, I can see it. However, this,
plus the fact that the H-alpha film or H-alpha
TV has still got an oscillation in it - I mean,
it's very hard if you try to locate on a single
spicule. I did what I thought was a reasonable
job of getting on at least the bottom cone of
one. It turned out that it was one which was not
inclined so I was nearly - had 82B nearly perpen-
dicular to the surface.
8O3
3_0 21 00 17 SPT And I then started the JOP ID. However, I'm a-
fraid I took an awful lot more time in that point-
ing than - than it really - than it merited. And
when we do it again on the following orbit, I'm
sure I won't. Now I got through the first two
pointings which nearly had 82B pa_allel to the limb
and 3 arc seconds off of it. I think I could dis-
cern the 82B SLIT on the surface of the WHITE LIGHT
LIMB quite well and the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY he-
cause I could make a very sm_] i tweak and it was
on the order of 1 arc second, and I could see it
come on and go off. So I think that pointing
went pretty well.
TIME SKIP
340 22 02 33 PLT PLT once more at 22:03 Zulu. I did the inventory,
remaining solids trap, although I called that down
on air-to-ground, I'll go ahead and put it on here
for the record. After installing the two solids
traps today - this morning - there are nine re-
maining.
TIME SKIP
8o5
3hO 22 56 21 PLT Okay, PLT and waiting for the PLATE 5 exposure
to terminate. And it's gone past the 9h0-second
point. Oh, darn it! This is really going to
foul up the second exposure too. There we go;
now it's doing it. Come on; do your thing.
Hey, Jet, this is one of the reasons we've been
running overtime. That thing took 955 seconds.
Okay, now 243.7.
3h0 22 h8 04 PLT Okay, stand by for - Okay, START. And that was
at 15, that was at h8:15.
340 23 06 05 PLT Okay, PLT, comments on 183. I did not get a O,11-
time sequence on the last one. 940, it appears,
is - and I believe this cr,.,,,ent
is correct - the
940 seconds is actually taking quite a bit longer
than that. And with the constraints on not doing
nothing before sunrise and sunset and not doing -
have everything done by sunrise, you don't leave
us enough time to really get everything cracking.
You have several things - several simultaneous
events that are keyed to sunset and several simul-
taneous events which are keyed to sunrise.
TIME SKIP
F k
808
B40 2B 32 16 CDR This is the CDR with several briefing items. First -
let's see, the time is 23:33 6_[f at this time. The
first subject is M092, the one that I had this
morning. I went through the M092 in good shape.
I did prepare myself by drinking about 25 ounces
of water. And I did some toe rises on the tread-
mill in order to stimulate circulation in my calves
before the run. The run started late, and the
reason for that was because the MIIO exercise this
morning during pre - presleep - postsleep activi-
ties Just absolutely squarewaysed [sic] Ed and me.
It took us much more time than was al Iotted to us.
340 2B 33 18 CDR The upshot of it was that I did not get to eat my
breakfast at the proper time. I had to take my
breakfast with me up to the ATM and eat it on the
fly while doing my turn at the ATM. What that all
boiled down to was that we needed anywhere from
45 minutes to a 1-hour delay in the LBNP. So we
took it - What we did is try to go ahead - a step
ahead and do some of the housekeeping and checklist
changes and things like that, to get it done. And
then go back to the M092 at an appropriate time.
340 2B 34 23 CDR I must s_m_t that it was a rather fast thing, but
I found myself very, Very uncomfortable throughout
the run because of the water I drank. Because,
unfortunately, I took a lot of air - a lot of gas
with the water in the form of bubbles. And laying
there, being pulled down in the lower extremities,
I found myself in a belch mode, and one - one does
not belch dryly in a zero-g environment. It - I
found myself tasting crispy bars and water and
whatever else was available in my stomach all during
that time. The yoke, for some reason this time,
was extremely uncomfortable. I found it difficult
to - to remain comfortable and relaxed during this
particular LBNP pass.
809
340 23 36 06 CDR As I said, I finished the MD92 run, and then upon
completion of that run, we went over and started
the M171-1 run. Had no great problems with M171-1.
We did have a little trouble getting the metabolic
analyzer set up and calibrated, but they were pro-
cedural problems, so we worked those out and got
it running. We managed to throw a couple of
switches at the wrong time and had to go back
and recalibrate.
340 23 37 17 CDR The next subject from the CDR is camera/DAC mAl-
functions. I began working on the cameras as Just
sort of piecemeal throughout the day. And, of
course, with general - permanent general message
008. On DAC hi,tuber2, I used paragraph 5.1.1 in
the Photo 0ps Book. Andessentially what I did
was I put another transporter on the DAC, trans-
porter num1_er 06; and it worked fine. I - So I
Just consider now that DAC 2 is fixed. I don't know
what the problem could have been, but it's okay
now, and it's back in - in an operational slot.
DAC 06: The fuse that was in DAC 6 was the one
that was bad. Bill did not leave it out of the
camera; he put it back in the camera. What he did
was, he took a fuse from another camera and put
it in DAC 6 and took DAC 6's fuse and put it in
810
340 23 38 44 CDR So with that, the mAJ function procedure - the little
permanent message 008 says that we have an internal
short ; that I should mark the DAC and restow it.
Well, I wasn't satisfied with that because I didn't
know what condition the - the fuse was in at first,
so I - I applied the smoke test. I went and got
another fuse. And I tested that fuse, and I found
that the resistance on it was 2.0. And - the - So
I put that fuse in and I applied power to the DAC -
correction, let - let me go back on that. Before I
put that good fuse in, I took two 21-gage pins -
connectors and put them in the two holes where the
fuse was connected. And I connected the DAC up
to the power pack - or to the power cable and
majored - measured the voltage across the fuse and
it was 27.7 volts. With no power on - with the
power cable disconnected, the - the two pins showed
it open, so from then I decided to try a new fuse.
I tried a new fuse, put on the power cable, hit
the switch; and we lost the fuse immediately.
340 23 40 15 CDR So I'm convinced that we've got some sort of a short
inside the DAC. And my next question of the photo
people is, what would you like us to try to do next
to see if we can't list [?] the short? I understand
now, DAC 06 is red taped, and I'm ready to put it
away.
340 23 41 06 CDR And it didn't feel - You can - When you hold on to
the transporter, you can feel the f_Im moving. I
did not feel the film moving. I pulled the trans-
811
f-'_ 340 23 43 I0 CDR This is the CDR at 23:43 Zulu debriefing the ATM
pass that commenced at 23 :i0. We still have over
18 minutes left to go to sunset. However, I'm on
J0P 1 Delta, building block 18, with nothing but
55 x,,_ning in a MIRROR, LINE SCAN-MODE. So I
figure I might as well take this time and go ahead
and debrief the rest of the run. JOP 6, step 2,
the quickie, went with no problem. At 23:10 we got
a ground ENABLE on the AUTO GG DUMP.
340 23 44 37 CDR I also noticed that the - the center of the slit
and the white light were both below the inner limb,
812
340 23 46 04 CDR So I was busy fussing and DJm_ng and worrying about
that and finally woke up at _2-i/2, realizing that
what I was going to do anyway was a MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER, so it really didn't make a darn where I
pointed 55A. So I finally fired up building
block 27 and got it going, and I have no - had no
problem with that. At the completion of building
block 27, I - By the way, I did not maximize. I
notice the pad says, "Don't maximize." When I com-
pleted that building block, I went on with the same
pointing to building block 18. And that's pretty
much of a big nothing because 56 and 82A and 54 were
all cancelled, or omitted. So we're Just sitting
here from about 33 minutes on down to sunset with
55A in a MIRROR, LINE SCAN, Just running all by
itself.
###
DAY 341 (AM)
I--. 815
341 01 26 12 PLT And it was really a part of the rest of the surface -
ocean surface that had been sort of trapped in
the middle of this - these patterns.
816 _-
TIME SKIP
341 01 49 23 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 01:49 and 30 seconds.
The subject is S183. The first star field is
Charlie 13_ Charlie 13. ROTATION is verified as
45.2. TILT is 18.3. EXPOSURE settings are 0,
300, and 0. Let's see, available time is 01:55,
which is 5 minutes from now. We'll start the
first exposure at that time.
341 02 07 15 CDR I'm going to turn off the lights and look in Just
a second here. It's Just getting started.
TIME SKIP
CDR Carpentaria.
CO ...
TIME SKIP
341 03 13 l0 SPT Oh, that I would expect Just because it's lower in
the atmosphere. Magnesium X looks - well, looks
like it's relatively high - high in terms of where
itts formed. And helium 1584 is quite a bit lower
so maybe that would be a better line. I'ii look
at it in the future.
TIME SKIP
341 04 08 21 SPT SPT at 04:08. And the subject is TV-IIT, and this
goes to the charged particle mobility people.
Okay, this whole show was a long time in getting
on the road. Reason being that first of all, I
had never seen the gear before, and second of all ,
I'd never seen the procedure, and thirdly, I'd
never had any idea of what we're after from the
mechanics of setting it up and taking the pictures
to what the experiment objective was. So it took
a little while to get things all sorted out. I
started trying to put it together in the MDA, as
called for, and got things pretty well all lashed
up with two extra cords hanging off of it and a
DAC cable and the spider cage sitting off of -
well, I had it off of the EREP foot platform
82O
341 04 I0 28 SPT The first point being that somehow this was not
transferred to the food chiller early. This was
apparently supposed to take - be taking place in
the day i or 2 activation. And I believe it was
the PLT who w_s supposed to take care of it. And,
as you know, the plee - PLT was not feeling too
steamy the first couple of days and somehow
that item got overlooked. And for that we're
sorry. The second point bei_ that the 10ad
which w_s sent up to operate it had a note at the
very end of it, after the operations number 2,
that said to eliminate the bubbles from the cham-
ber - or from the tube. Unfortunately, I did not
read the note until I concluded the first ops, so
there were some bubbles, although not many, but
some bubbles in the chamber on number 1 side.
341 04 16 ST SPY But I'm not sure what the objective was there,
but I carried out the photo program as called out
for. Again I started a photo at 22:53, one at
22:58, 23:09, and 23:14, and 23:19, at which point
I reversed it, took another series of photos.
Another one at 23:23, 2B:B0, 23:35, and 23:40.
341 04 17 04 SPT Okay, then I said, well let's go on back and look
again at nnmher l, seeing as it was actually see -
seeing something. And I should mention that
between the runs on ntm.ber 1 and number 2, in the
process of trying to get rid of bubbles, I had
agitated enough to spread the small amount of red
which was trapped in the cylindrical section. I
had essentially diffused that through the rest of
it. I should say, turbulent mixed, if you will,
with the other clear fluids, so that the clear
fluid itself was Just a - barely, barely, showed
a trace of it.
341 04 19 35 SPY And now the interface, although still fairly sharp,
had moved away from the walls quite a bit, all the
way up to, I don't knaw, 1.2, 1.3 or so, where it
.f.. 823
341 04 19 58 SPT The center portion was flat at the very end, but
still it was noticeably away from the walls, going
up to around 1.2 or 1.3. Got a photo at 02:23 and
the same effect was noted, tho1_h I was now _own
to about 2.3. And at 02:43:30 I took a photo and
reversed it. By that time it had gotten down Just
to the ver - Just to the very top of the large
chamber at 3 - 3.0.
341 04 20 33 SPT It had Just gone a little bit beyond that and Just
started to fan out. What I noticed was that, look-
ing at _ times here and the progression down the
tube - well now, maybe I really can't - really
can't say that. Oh, yes, I gave you the incorrect
time here.
341 04 21 02 SPT Let me give you the time for these photos. They
started at 02:00. Then I had one at 02:15, one
at 02:2 - 26, 02:33. I think I gave you 23 before;
It should have been 02:23. And then at 02:43 I
_-_ reversed it. It appearedthat it had startedto
move a little faster, maybe it was a linear rate;
I have not plotted it out. But maybe the progres-
sion down there was linear in time, or close to
it.
341 04 21 43 SPT Okay, the color was the deep red all the way down
the - the tube from the small numbered end, from
the zero scale, all the way down the tube until
the interface. And the interface was still very
sharp. When we finally got down to the very end there
was only a slight graduation [sic] in color. You'll
see it in the photos, but it was only very slight.
341 04 26 42 SPT I took a photo there, and then also at 03:55, when
I shut it a11 do%rn. I took another photo, and
there it had moved a little bit beyond 0.5, with
the left side 2 or 3 millimeters at least further
down than the right, and it was not a straight
cross section any more, but - as you'll see in the
photos, but it was sort of an S-shaped one, with
the left-hand side being the bottom of the S, and
right-hand side being the top. It has - straight -
straightened out a little bit. So the surprising
part was that it had started to move back down
the tube and then - a phenomena I cannot explain.
What I'd be interested in knowing is Just what you
plan to do with this. Is this a way of - of separa-
ting different types of cells? If so, it's - I
hope these results were useful to you. It was a
fun experiment to do. I wish I had a little
more training on it to begin with, so I under-
stood what it was all about, and I could have gone
about it in a much more efficient and correct
manner. But than_s for the opportunity of doing
it. I hope you got something from it.
341 Oh 29 05 CDR This is the CDR at 04:30 Zulu reporting $233 ob-
servations earlier this evening. The initial
photograph was started at exactly on time. And
by the time I got to the last photograph, I was
45 seconds into the last photograph when sunrise
occurred. That is, enough light was scattered on
the window from the bright horizon to where I was
sure that the - the frame had been ruined. Looks
to me like we're Just about to the point now where
we're going to have to change the number of expo-
sures we take because there Just doesn't appear to
be enough time between comet-rise and s___ise
any more out the command module window.
TIME SKIP
826
TIME SKIP
341 12 31 41 CDR This is the CDR at 12:32 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
day pass that started at 12:09. Well, let's see
the update here.
341 12 33 19 CDR This is the CDR, debriefing the ATM pass that start-
ed at 12:09 Zulu. First off the bat, he gave me
17 minutes to do a 25-minute Job. So that wasn't -
wasn't going to work. It was doomed from the be-
ginning. J0P 6, step 1. That went without much
problem. The Alfa part, building block 1 Alfa -
Let's see; nothing to debrief on that. That went
pretty much according to schedule; just a late
start. I think I started at 12:10 rather than
12:09, and then I made the change in roll, re-
stepped the mirror, and started part D of that
building block and only got - didn't even finish
the GRATING, 3 SCAN or the PATROL, LONG.
827
341 12 34 23 CDR And I got about one and a half of the S054 in be-
fore we had to terminate. I did the TV VTR work.
I noticed that with the XUV we're getting a little
bit of plage now, over the east limb. So that new
active region, I guess - or the old active region
76 is beginning to peek over the edge. And you can
see a little bit of the plage in H-ALPHA 1 - cor-
rection, H-ALPHA 2 - and it's nice and bright in
the XUV monitor. Other than that, I can see very
little on the - on the solar disk. I was a little
bit busy Just trying to get things to _inning; so
I didn't have much time to reaJ_ look things over
very closely. The two other bright areas in XUV
are still - are still on the solar disk. One is -
The one that was around the center of the Sun yes-
terday morning has now moved over to the right a
little bit, as one would expect. Both of those
bright spots were there, but I - they looked to
me like they're d_mmer than they were yesterday.
And of course the active region coming over the
limb now is coming through bright and clear. And
the plage in H-ALPHA 2 was pretty bright too, what
little I could see. Hopefully,we'll get a little
action out of that.
TIME SKIP
341 12 56 23 SPT MARK. At that time, the ETC camera read 12:52,
30 seconds. I'll give it at 12:53. Stand by.
341 12 56 53 SPT MARK. ETC camera read 12:53 at that mark. And
this is the SPT again at 12:57 now; I believe I
gave 13 before. So that shows that the ETC camera
is 3minutes and 53 seconds slow.
TIME SKIP
828 _-,,
341 14 12 31 PLT Okay, the PLT at 14:12:30, giving the monitor de-
cals - readings rather. Monitor readings:
Alfa 1 is reading 51. Alfa 2 is reading -
Alfa 2 is reading 93 percent. Alfa 2 is detec-
tor l; reading high. Alfa 3 is reading 87; that's
okay. Alfa 4 is reading 92; Alfa 5 is reading
97; Alfa 6 is reading 21; Alfa 7 is reading zero.
Bravo 2 is reading 91. Seem awfully high read-
ings today. Alfa - Bravo - Bravo 2 is reading
91; Bravo 3 is reading 83; Bravo 4 is reading
91; Bravo 5 is reading 90; Bravo 6 is reading 48;
Bravo 7 is reading 32; Bravo 8 is reading 1 per-
cent; Bravo 9 is reading 58. Charlie 2 is read-
ing 100; Charlie 3 is reading 89; Charlie 4 is
reading 98; Charlie 5 is reading 46; Charlie 6
is reading 46; Charlie 7 is reading 51; Charlie 8
is reading 46.
CDR Okay.
341 14 23 35 PLT Okay, Jer, I'm going to need an AUTO CAL in about
30 seconds.
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay-.
PLT Yes.
PLT Okay.
SPT Okay.
341 14 27 26 CDR Okay. The nadir swath has - has started. It's
27:10 now. Whoops. 27:33 now. Okay.
341 14 28 40 PLT Though - The only data we're getting right now is
19h an_ 191.
PLT I see.
CDR Yes. ._
CDR Yes.
CDR Yes.
832
CDR No.
PLT Well.
PLT Well, I think we're going to, to tell you the truth.
I don't think they're going to ask us to do a tape
recorder switchover. Give me that checklist.
341 lh 36 48 PLT 92, MODE to CHECK_ TAPE RECORDER. POWER. OFF. Yes.
And I got to kill 192.
CDR Uh-huh.
_-_ 833
PLT Stand by -
341 14 38 00 PLT MARK. EREP, STOP; SCAT, OFF. Okay, TV input, ON,
and VIDEO select, TV. I 'm going to go down and
verify that.
CC ***so.
CC Copy.
CDR Okay.
834
341 14 39 19 PLT Yes, I've already put a note - Alfa 6 is now reading
zero, which is okay. And Charlie 5 is now reading
82, which is okay; and I concur with your comment.
I'd already put the new comment on the tape.
CC *** you.
341 lh 39 51 PLT Okay, we've got TV input station, ON, and VIDEO
select to TV.
PLT You know these discones are Just like a light bulb
out there.
CDR Yes.
341 14 40 18 CDR I've got it zeroed out. And it's a - a line right
down near the center. It's drifting off to the
right now. It's almost a vertical line. And it -
the right side of it is light with lots of white
specks in it like stars, and then the dark part
has got an occasional star in it too.
341 14 40 40 PLT Almost looks like you got some kind of condensation
contamination.
PLT Okay.
CC Yes.
341 14 47 34 PLT MARK. 194, MODE to MANUAL and stand by, Ed. On
mR_k -
341 14 48 16 PLT MARK. 48:16; 190, MODE, SINGT._. One frame. And
I got a MALF on camera 3, which we expected.
PLT Stand by -
PLT Stand by -
i- PLT MARK.
838
CDR And the clouds are starting to break up. Hey, we've
even got Sun glitter here too. Maybe we can see
some currents.
CC Okay, Jer.
341 14 50 32 PLT Okay, I've lost my READY light. I'm going in OFF
for 15 seconds on the ALTIMETER.
PLT Stand by -
CDR All right, I'm in NADIR right now. Zero zero and
tracking to the right, 12 degrees. Okay, this -
I'm just going to kind of track along this one;
this one is very interesting. You can see a
bumch of cloud streets being intersected by cu-
mulus. We're in an area of intensive cloud
streets.
341 l_ 55 36 PLT Okay, I've got MALF lights from cam_eras 4, 5, and
6 Just came on. And just for kicks I'm going to
check the circuit breakers. They all three came
on at the same time, Just about. Let's see, I
think ... activity ...
341 14 58 59 CDR Okay, I'm tracking the Amazon, getting data from
that portion ... and I'm left, 4 degrees. The
part of the Amazon that was under me was under
clouds. Now as I track this particular hunk of
the Amazon I see an island up to my left in the
middle of the river and what looks like a sand-
bar is Just right near the island. And I'm
tracking out in the middle of the water of the
Amazon, trying to avoid clouds and the banks of --.
the river. Trying to stay in uniform water area.
We have scattered clouds in this particular field
of view. And a cloud stream.
PLT POLARIZATION, 1.
341 15 00 17 CDR Okay, Ed, I'm sure you're past this though, but
it's 15 and about 30 seconds you go STANDBY and
then at 01:10 you go back to AUTO. Want some
marks, l0 seconds, on m_ mark, ETC. Stand by -
341 15 02 58 CDR Yes, a little better than that. They've got two
layers of clouds.
341 15 04 45 PLT MARK. 192, MODE, READY; SCAT, ON; and RADIO-
METER, ON.
(DR Boy, Toledo Bend was Just wide open and beautiful.
CDR Yes, I can make out the coastline down below the
clouds, but - -
F _
341 15 05 06 PLT Number 2 MALF light on.
8_-2
CC Roger.
PLT What you got to do, Ed, you got to run up here and
go to SOLAR INERTIAL. Stand by_ on my mark, ETC
to STANDBY.
CDR Okay, the VTR goes off at 06:35, Bill; I'll give
you a mark.
CDR Now, Crip, I'm almost overhead now. And I can see
one little piece of coastline, but it's broken to
overcast. Two layers of clouds - one low layer of
cumulus and one layer of broken to overcast
cirrus.
3_1 15 06 32 PLT And I've got END OF TAPE light. And I never did
get a READY light at the end of that 190 sequence.
PLT They sure did. They timed that right down to the
wire. l'm impressed.
PLT Negative.
341 15 08 ii CDR Hey_ gang; sorry we're using your tape up. It's
08:13, we're Just getting the VTR off now.
CC Copy.
CDR Okay.
CDR Yes.
341 15 l0 20 CDR Ed, would you turn OFF TV POWER. please? Thank
you.
SPT Yes, I think both those guys are fairly busy and
if we can allow 30 seconds in there, that would
give me a nice leisurely stroll up here.
CDR Okay, Crip, and all you red guys. We call you
redeyes.
TIME SKIP
8_5
TIME SKIP
3hl 16 hO 27 CDR The Agua Blanca fault was extremely well defined.
It could be seen from directly overhead, as well
as extremely far down track and on the oblique.
TIME SKIP
846
SPT Okay, the next full ATM pass which began at 16:15
was a series of pointings off the limb, 6 arc sec-
onds. They all went real well. I started, however,
the first one I did in the right llmb at the east
equator by the east pole - east limb which I was
right for the ROLL of 1080. And then I did the
left limb - or the west equator. I did that so I
would only have to roll about Sun center to get
to the third one. I used the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
again to Judge UP/DOWN. I'll talk about the
reason for that in a moment. I don't think I
could do that quite accurately by Judging the -
when the XU - when the 82B SLIT is tangent to
the limb.
341 17 19 40 SPT The reason I chose to use the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
rather than UP/DOWN and zero in order to get
to the proper position for 82B and for all of
these pointings, is that I noticed when I would
put the SLIT tangent to the limb, that on the
right limb I had a UP of around 15. When I went
_ to zero it was very noticeablythat the SLIT
was not tangent to the limb. When I went to the
west limb, I'm sorry, the left limb - and put
the SLIT tangent to the limb, I got a DOWN, minus 22.
Approximately in - that ballpark I could - I had
a plus or minus a couple arc seconds on that one
for - it was probably my accuracy in positioning
UP and DOWN and in the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY.
B41 17 20 43 SPT I've also noticed that during the - since I've done
the four-limb coalignments when we first got on the
ATM, and now that my Sun center reference for 52
has changed from something like UP/DOWN of minus B1,
I believe it was initally, to an UP/DOWN of minus 36
and a RIGHT of - very small n11mber - which I've
forgot now - to now a RIGHT of minus lO. So I'm
suspicious of the bias that we have in there for
the XUV SLIT and I would reco_,end that we do
a four-limb coalig_w_nt in the near future whenever
that bias that I've given you is critical.
848
341 17 24 2h SPT Okay, SPT again at 17:24. And I'm looking at the
FINE SUN SENSOR readout for the BIAS, IN and BIAS,
OUT. I notice there a delta between the IN and
the OUT in UP/DOWN is still minus 54 as it was
when we did the four-limb coalignment. In
LEFT/RIGHT, the delta is a plus 18. So the XUV -
SLIT biases have not changed, and it's hard for
me to believe that there's that much drift in the
instrument. So the only thing that I can recommend
is a four-limb coaiignment. I did a real quick
cumulative check before we went into sunset and
H-ALPHA i and the white light slit or XUV SLIT
are still in good agreement as to where the limb
is - both UP/DOWN and LEFT/RIGHT. Still I 'm a
little mystified right now by why we have this
large difference between where the WHITE LIGHT
DISPLAY says the - the SLIT is tangent to the
limb and where the - FINE SUN SENSOR BIAS values
in UP/DOWN says we're tangent. Wonder if there's
any ROLL misalignment; let me think about it.
TIME SKIP
849
341 17 59 13 CDR This is the CDR at 17:59 Zulu. Discarded one can
of peanut butter and got another from overage.
The can discarded had peanut butter oil in the
top of it, indicating that there had been some
leakage in the can.
341 18 15 32 SPT So the limb coalignment which I did the other day
is certainly very good. And we got a good tool
for pointing to locations in the XUV MONITOR,
maybe better than I suggested earlier this morn-
ing on the air-to-ground. Okay, with that point-
ing at the maximum which I found to be fairly
sharp, that is plus or minus 2 arc seconds made -
made it fall below 200. That's in either direc-
tion. I gave 82B a WAV_T._.NGTH, SHORT, 2.5 second,
l0 seconds, and then an exposure of TIMES 4 se-
quence, so you got 2.5, lO, 20, and on up. And
55, I returned the GRATING to REF which gave a
partial GRATING, AUTO SCAN and it now is getting
in a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. And if I can get this
_-- 8}i
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
341 20 16 07 SPT Okay. All the steps went along very straightfor-
wardly up to - Well, first of all, let me go back
and make a point about the update of the new
commands. It's my understanding now that we will
do a nu Z update at least an orbit prior to the
maneuver so that the corrected co-m_nds can be
856 _-
341 20 20 17 SPT At the first, llne 58, the first scan - First
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, we hit line 58; gave a 2 at
that - and we do not take that too seriously.
We want to take another lap through it. And we
watched it again and noted that our STAR TRACKER,
INNER GIMBAL angle had dropped down to 373, a
whole 2 arc minutes change. And I felt at that
_ 8_T
3_1 20 20 51 SPT We observed it with the XUV M0N and could observe
nothing but - on the long INTEGRATION except just
random counts or noise, if you will, showed up
more prevalent in the center of the screen. So
recapping then, 52 got the correlation data; 55
got the MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs; 56 got a 20-minute
exposure exactly. And at the very conclusion,
in order to make it a - an even 20 minutes, we
hung on there until 1 minute before the maneuver,
which I think was probably calling it a little
close. The net result was that in our hurry to
shut down the experiment and to get the - get
ourself [sic] thinking about the maneuver, in 1
minute we started 52 at that 1-minute remaining
in order to get that last exposure in there as
an even 5 minutes, realizing now we should have
gone 1 minute earlier on that. And before we got
the OPERATE light, we got in the DOOR CLOSEd
mode and closed the door and promptly forgot we
had it going in FAST SCAN.
341 20 51 O0 SPT SPT at 20:50. The MO92-run data on the PLT: Leg
blood pressure, 158 over 78; left legband, Alfa
November; and right legband, Alfa Quebec.
TIME SKIP
860 -
PLT Testing -
TIME SKIP
341 22 49 29 SPT At the very center there was a lot of cirrus and
poking up through the cirrus was some overshooting
cloud top, all in the same locale; not isolated
overshooting cloud - cloud tops, but it looked to
me Just all one unit. I think in the fUture when
I get one of these, if we have any data acquisi-
tion camera film left over, I'll try and get you
some at two frames a second, and see if we can't
detect any motion. By eye I could not detect a
great deal of motion, if any at all.
TIME SKIP
341 23 39 50 PLT Okay, this is the PLT; S019, day 341. Okay, Jer.
SPT ...
341 23 44 20 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the end of that exposure. Now
it's set to 197.9. Okay, and TILT of 13.9. Okay,
I want the first one to be 90, change to 90. Crank
it up here. And we're ready to go.
PLT Okay, now at 197.9 and 13.9; it's field number 830
and slide number 30, 90 seconds, widened.
341 23 46 20 PLT MARK. And a i00 percent. Okay, now I'm resetting
to 30. Okay, tighten it up. Okay, ready to go.
Stand by -
866
3hl 23 h6 3h PLT M_RK. Okay, it's the same field, field 830. This
will be frame number - or slide number 31. Stand
by.
PLT Stand by -
341 23 _70l PLT MARK. Okay, now let's get to the comet, fast.
213.9. Boy, it sure would help if you could see
the numbers. Okay, 22.7. Walk that mother.
Coming up on 23 - Okay, I've got a little time -
I want to take a little time to make sure I got
this thing in here. Gosh darn. Cotton-picking
thing. There we go. There it is. Son of a gun,
I think you got it, _l. There's a blob in there,
some place. You got it. Move it, darn it.
Should he moving. 213 point - 213.9, everybody
move - my correction 22.7. I got to start taking
at 23:51; I've got another minute and a half to
go. Ah, I'm seeing the Earth, that's what it is.
I'm seeing fire in this stuff down on the Earth.
There, it sort of makes a pretty good telescope.
Yes, forest fires in Africa, I'll bet.
4
3hl 23 _8 3h PLT I saw them the other night, when I was up in the
command module, and it really startled me. I
was looking for the comet and I saw all these
fires like sort of a dull glow over the Earth.
Okay, 23:51's coming up soon. It's still 2 min-
utes away. Pretty weird. And I've lost it there.
Boy, the position of the eye is really critical
on this thing. Okay, must be nearing the horizon -
Now, there we go. Yes, there was the horizon;
that's what was coming up in there but I couldn't
see anything is all. Okay, coming up on 23:50,
so I've got another minute to go. Hey, Ed.
SPT Yah-ho.
SPT Okay.
341 23 52 03 PLT The tail was sticking from upper - the nucleus is
upper left and the tail's going lower right. I
don't know if it's my eye making the smear or what.
Why do these apertures always have to have such
lousy focus? You never can focus. You have to
have your eyeball in such a critical position to
see anything.
###
OAY 342 (AM)
869
TIME SKIP
342 02 33 17 PLT So, 56 and 55 were the only ones run, and they
were done properly. I did not finish in time
to get an OPTICAL REFERENCE due. However, I
did advance to MECHANICAL REFERENCE, 102, and
shut down the panel with it on 102. I saw no
evidence on the H-alpha of any particular ac-
tivity, and the XUV MON even looked pretty quiet.
For the film count, H-alpha 1 - excuse me -
H-alpha, 12203; 56, 04342; 82 Alfa, 143; Bravo,
1290; 52 is 6064; 54 was 4055.
TIME
SKIP
342 03 58 12 CDR I did notice - was impressed by the fact that the
cell shut - certainly doesn't - isn't very long
lasting. I had no trouble seeing the same cell
on H-AI_EA 2 ZOO __2A_IN; so I was able - In
JOP ID, step 3, I was able to - to step up the -
to the H-ALPHA 2 pointing and put that on the
same place where I had H-ALPHA i. That was no
great problem at all. However, I was - as I
said before, I was impressed by the fact that
the cell, in the small period of time that I was
working on it, was waxing and waning. And it
got a little stronger after I started working
on it, and then those dark and bushy clumps
began to disappear. And it was a very faint
outline by the time I finished.
342 03 59 28 CDR The building blocks ll and 33B went very quickly,
_-- and I got finishedwith about 17 minutesto
spare - correction, 13 minutes to spare. And so
I - Rather than take my observing time, I did my
penance to the S056 people for screwing up the
JOP 24, building block 28, at 33 to go on the -
the pass before. So I cranked in a ROLL of
minus 3600 and stepped 6 arc seconds off the
left limb and did another S056 SINGLE FRAME,
FILTER 4, for 8-minute exposure and did it right
this time. So I've done some penance, I think,
to the $056 people for what I did them out of
on the pass before.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
342 13 16 24 SPT The trailing edge itself was very sharply defined;
that is, as we looked at it, to the right it was
very clear weather - roughly clear. That is
scattered clouds, that's lO-percent coverage at
most. And then abruptly, we came upon the front
itself, which had a high cirrus layer, and it
looked to be other clouds underneath it. I did
not see any - I did not see any C's coming up
through it, but again, what was surprising was
the sharp abruptness of the front. It was rela-
tively ... low Sun angle when we took it. So,
I think, with good definition, we ought to be
able to see the feature which I just described.
TIME SKIP
342 13 56 07 CDR The slide door was being held open by the mech-
anism that holds the slide. And I pushed the
slide back in, and the slide door closed. I did
not fool around - As I mentioned when I reported
it, I did not fool around and look and play with
it to see what was holding the slide door open
because I was more concerned about the other
plates that were inside. So as - if you will
review the other tape, you will see that I said
that I quickly put - stuffed the slide back in
the slot so that the door would close. And - if
you'll review the tape, you will also see that
I said that the slide door was closed when I put
it into the stowage container.
TIME SKIP
342 14 51 55 PLT PLT recording for S019. First star field will
be 620; ROTATION, 039.5; TILT, 20.8; 90-second,
widened exposure; and no nu z correction is
required.
SPT - - over on the back side of the ... when you got
the front up away from you. You notice little
claw marks where the eject mechanism has tried to
pick up the cardboard but has failed.
342 15 06 52 PLT MARK. Okay, and that was 15:50 [sic]. Starting
90-second on 803. This'll be plate 37; 293.R;
and 30.2 on the TILT.
PLT Okay.
3h2 15 21 05 PLT MARK. Okay, now setting up for 818; 818 is 177.0.
177.0 and ll.8; 118.8. Okay, I want a 270. Start-
ing in 20 seconds; 15:22. Stand by.
342 15 28 04 PLT Okay, now PLT debriefing from first ATM run.
Ground took the recorder; didn't have a chance
to do it then.
342 15 28 ll PLT Let's see, I'd better go ahead and stow this
thing. I'll give that later.
TIME SKIP
342 16 09 lO SPT I think the filth defined the flow patterns excep-
tionally well. Again, that was the Rio de la Plata,
South America, right where Montevideo is located.
342 16 27 39 CDR This is the CDR at 16:27, debriefing the ATM pass
that started at 15:51. There really wasn't much
at all to be said about this one. It was pretty
much of a big nothing procedurally. We did build-
ing block 18 in JOP ii; took step number 3. Did
not activate 56, 54, or 52. 55A was in a MIRROR,
LINE SCAN ad nauseam, and 82Awas in a 30-minute
exposure rather than one exposure every so many
seconds; so procedurally, it was a big nothing.
During the process of the run, I took a few looks
at XUV MON. I didn't see anything spectacular
there. On H-alpha 2, I was kind of watching the
filament out about 240.9, which is filament 49.
It looked to me like it broke in two. When we
started the pass, it was one long filament; but
it was a little thin in the middle. And by the
end of the pass, that thin area had completely
disappeared, and filament 49 is now two pieces
with a gap between them.
342 16 29 02 CDR I kept an eye out to see if I would see any sort
of surging material moving out from the limb near
the filament, and I did not see anything. And I
looked at XUV at the - the channel, the area where
the filament lies, and the filament channel didn't
appear to me to do any changing either. It is
essentially very quiet area. The - the new active
region coming over the limb - which is what? I
guess number 96 - is showing bright and clear in
XUV. It's still not bright enough to come through
ambient. It has to be integrated to be seen.
Couple of other bright areas in the XUV: one near
the center of the Sun, slightly to the west, and
the third area is at about 060 degrees, about 70
percent of the way out. Fairly small bright area
but nothing spectacular. Not too bright; just
brighter than the background.
F
882
TIME SKIP
342 17 54 54 SPT SPT at 17:55. ATM pass which began at 17:07 con-
tinued to go straightforward for the four building
blocks 27. Gave it a 32 building block at the
very beginning.
SPT The 82B was carried out using the LIMB SCAN to get
6 arc seconds off and then going to LIMB POINTING
for their exposures. 55 got all the MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER. 56 got their two LONG EXPOSURE of each
location.
342 17 56 18 SPT The first exposure, which was carried out at LP-1,
the ROLL was 1080. And at the right limb, east
equator was on a prominence ... H-alpha l, and it
was just south of the active region which is visi-
ble now on the limb, which I believe is - what,
97. That could be seen in - on the XUV monitor
quite well. I got a question here. If we are on
a prominence, like we were, and you're looking for
a quiet chromospheric structure, I would think that
in mini-lines, you would not be seeing what you
were after because of the prominence. That being
the case, would you rather that we'd change the
883
342 17 58 54 SPT And the fourth one was - That LP-4 was carried out.
Again, I could not distinguish helium bands in
looking at the XUV MON, INTEGRATE, or the photo
which I had taken this morning. I finished it up
with a shopping list 5. I really didn't have time
to maximize. The GRATING was not a ZERO as I moved
the GRATINGback; so they got a GRATING,AUTO SCAN
from the GRATING of - POSITION of 766. And I gave
50 - 82B exposures, NORMAL; SHORT WAVELENGTH. The
slit pretty much filled or was covered by cell
boundary. There was actually two cells on one
side and one and something else, which was not
very well defined, on the other side. But I
thought the slit pretty well filled it, although
as I said, I did not have time to maximize any-
thing in either slit position or mirror position
for 55. At 400 K, I cut off the 82B and 55 just
got back to GRATING, REF. So I gave them a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at that point. Even though they were
looking through the atmosphere, it might help to
define a little better where we actually pointed.
Looking at the UP/DOWN and what I see in the limb
between coalignment, between 82B and 55, I suspect
that the - the bias somehow is not the - the cor-
rect bias. So whenever I get a free moment here,
I'm going to try and slip in a four-limb coalign-
ment and just see how it all works out again.
TIME SKIP
F
884
SPT Okay.
342 18 29 05 PLT You can kill the lights up here, too, if you want
to, Ed.
SPT ...
TIME SKIP
322 21 l0 19 PLT PLT; the time is 91:10, debriefing some ATM passes
starting at 20:15 - 20:15. The JOP 5, building
block 13, _as executed nominally with the excep-
tion - I think I let - I think the timer screwed
me up. I wasn't really sure on XUV SLIT. I set
it all up in AUTO STEP and started it and I looked
back a few seconds later and it was in STANDBY -
or, excuse me, in READY. So I started it again
and it worked Just fine and - However, I did
notice the timer; it timed down through 99 - what-
ever it is, and it's a possible - possibility that
888
342 21 14 08 PLT The first run was JOP 6, building block 1A and B.
There - Everything was nominal there. And I did
look at the white light coronagraph. I did get
some downlink. It was in two parts. One, I
think, when I was ROLLed at minus 5400. During
the middle part was when I got part of the white
light coronagraph and XUV MON. Then when I com-
pleted the JOP, I ROLLed at the 52 to give some
more downlink - a very short period of time. I
don't think the total was more than 3 to 4 minutes.
But anyway, it was separated partly there. Looks
like - like at least the one side of the corona
there is a little more interesting now than it was.
And let me see. That was at - I think it's up on
the - the east limb. I'm sure you've seen that if
you've looked at the video downlink. Now this
last pass - that - the XUV MON there and XUV MON
in this pass here, the Sun appears to be extremely
quiet. There didn't seem to be any activity at all
and - except for a little activity just along the -
the equator more or less. And there you can see in
the XUV MON. But I didn't - I'm really not - You
could see the holes at the poles - the black spots.
342 21 15 42 PLT And that's about it; it's pretty quiet. PLT out.
342 21 h9 05 CDR This is the CDR at - at 21:49 Zulu with the subject
M09 - 92 reporting. The subject was the SPT.
The calf girths were 13-7/8 on the left calf,
13-5/8 on the right calf. The legbands were Alfa
November and Alfa Quebec. And the facial photos
were taken at the beginning of the run, but we
goofed and forgot to take them at the end of the
run. On the M093, the - the work that was accom-
plished was 0304.
/-
TIME SKIP
890
342 22 34 02 PLT Also, in passing over the east coast, the - the
channel that was pre-reported is still very
plainly visible. That's the turquoise or aqua-
marine colored - 7 to 8 on a Forrel scale - that
we've rather talked about quite extensively.
342 22 53 07 PLT Okay, it's the PLT with a message on EREP data to
date; the particular, the S190. On page i-7 on
the EREP checkout, panel 106, the filters were
not installed during the checkout. All of the
photographs taken with 190 to date have been
without the filters. There is no explanation
other than the fact that I had to do the 190
checkout piecemeal because of the insertion of
f_Sm threading in the EREP checkout procedures.
I had to stop my normal flow because of the film
problem with that - the fact that it would not -
it had a part set in the curvature and would not
steal past the brass ruler. And that's already
been recorded on tape. And I tried to pick up to
check out the rest of the 190 and I flat missed
a step on page i-7. So I'm saying again, all
photographs, 190A, taken to date have been taken
without filters.
342 22 55 37 PLT And this is the PLT with a footnote to the pre-
vious comment on the EREP problem. We previously
commented on the extensive workload durihg the
early days in activation. I can't emphasize too
strongly how I regret the fact that those filters
were missed, and I accept i00 percent of the re-
sponsibility. However, we were working until i0
and ii o'clock at night in order to finish what
was supposed to be a normal day task of duties.
And this went on for about a week. And although
I regret it, I apologize for it, I feel like -
891
342 23 03 28 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 Zulu with some _87-5
data that I should have given you 2 days ago.
CDR, in the morning, 69-3/4; in the afternoon -
the evening, that is, 69-7/8. SPT, 70 in the
morning, 70 at night. PLT, 70-3/8 in the morning
and 70-1/2 in the evening. This is, I repeat,
M487-5 data that should have gotten down to you
2 days ago.
TIME SKIP
342 23 43 22 PLT And that is that during the evening, I think the
first day of activation, when I was supposed to
install these, we had a malfunction on page 17,
when I couldn'tget the READY light on 190. And
I did interrupt the sequence and go into a hold
mode waiting for procedures from the ground. And
looking back over and trying to figure out how I
could've been so dumb as to overlook it, I appar-
ently just stopped the procedure then; and I did
not look ahead, and I never went back to the
checklist. And that's why I did not get the
filters on.
342 23 54 22 CDR This is the CDR again. My last call for T-2, I
had looked 5 minutes too soon. And it was reading
i00 percent at the proper T-2. It's now reading
57 percent.
f--
###
DAY 343 (AM)
893
CDR Yes....
TIME SKIP
SPT I.5.
l
CDR Okay, got a 192 READY; MODE going to CHECK. Let's
see. S190 HEATER SWITCH light is off. We'll PRESS
TO TEST; DELTA T_P and 0VERT_P are okay. Here
comes the preoperate configuration. TAPE RECORD-
ER, ON; READY light on. S192, ON; READY light
out; MODE, CHECK; DOOR, OPEN. 191: READY -
POWER, ON; READY, on; COOT._ is ON; the DOOR is
OPEN. S190: POWER, ON; READY out; MODE, STANDBY;
door is open - verified. 93 RADIOMETER, STANDBY;
READY out; SCA'rA'_ON_;I'_ is OFF, _Y out; ALTI-
_i'_ is OFF, READY out. 94 is ON, READY on.
Okay, about 3 minutes to go.
CC 0kay.
CC Flight pla=n_ug.
895
CDR (Laughter)
SPT Yes.
PLT Well, I wonder why you got this - What are you
going to maneuver toy
PLT Yes.
CDR 15 seconds.
3h3 00 19 h5 CDR MARK. The S190 READY light's out at hS; MODE
going to STANDBY; SHUTTER SPW.WD, MEDIUM. Next
mark is at 20. Stand by -
PLT Okay. ST - ... there we go. Okay. And now the ...
CDR Stand by -
SPT Okay.
PLT Okay.
CDR Okay.
CDR l0 seconds.
CDR 5, 4, 3, 2, i -
343 00 33 34 PLT This will be for the Sea of Serenity. l'm push-
ing the DATA pushbutton now.
PLT Okay.
CC Okay.
3h3 00 35 h5 SPT When we get a break, Dick, I'ii tell you about
that tropical storm - a little bit later.
CC Okay.
SPT ...
CDR Okay, I'll open that while you get your gloves
on.
PLT Okay.
CDR Yes.
PLT Okay.
CDR No - -
PLT No.
PLT Okay.
PLT 0kay.
CDR Okay.
CDR Yes. I'll *** got my umbil *** Okay, that one's
in.
PLT Okay.
CDR Hey,here
's yourpad.
903
343 00 41 16 CDR MARK. The READY light's out at 15; MODE to STANDBY;
SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. MY next mark will be
41:40. Stand by -
343 00 42 20 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. Looking for a READY out
at 42:35.
PLT ...
343 O0 45 30 PLT Okay, VTS operator. I'm operating the DAC camera
4, l0 seconds. DAC, OFF. Okay, angle 00.
CDR Yes.
TIME SKIP
343 01 2_ 18 SPT I guess the message for the ATM pad writers. I
hope the - ... hopes that the - the EREP people
can get together so that when a maneuver is re-
quired, they can either put in the ATMpad or the
ATMpad can term_inate at the right point. Okay,
after the EREP maneuver, we came back and - Because
we had gone into that maneuver rather hastily, we
did not get the Sun center - the proper powerdown
for the unattended ops. So I think go back to
Sun-center and give us a building block 1 - I'm
sorry - a shopping list item 1 with a little over
1 minute on the CONTINUOUS MODE. I think we got
into our second sequence there. And 56 got a
PATROL, SHORT.
343 01 28 28 SPT I guess in general, the storm was well formed ex-
cept for no feeder hands and looked rather mean.
343 01 28 38 SPT The second storm, which we did see, which was not
called up, but was - really caught our eye also,
was 6 miles down the road. That is, we passed
over at 23:h7. There was a lot of thick clouds, a
fairly wide band of them, mauy cells, quite a few
overshooting cloud tops, but it was not well formed
into a vortex flow. There was no eye apparent and
and no feeder band. It was larger than the other
tropical storm we had Just passed over, but it was
not well formed and maybe not even called a tropical
storm. It looked like Just a crescent-shaped area
of severe thunderstorms, although it was very
extensive. The photos which were taken, were taken
on the Hasselblad lO0-millimeters, f/ll, 1/250.
And I'll be back in a few minutes and give you the
frame numbers.
343 01 36 hl SPT SPT at 01:36 reporting the frames which were taken
out of the Hasselblad of the storm which I Just
described. Those are m_g CX47. AMP was the 23:41
for the tropical storm and 23:46 for the thunder-
storm area. Frames number 133 to 141, f/16,
i00 millimeters, 1/250.
TIME SKIP
343 02 02 37 SPT SPT at 02:02. M092; on the run which was made the
past date at the day 342 - -
343 02 24 18 CDR Okay, the MONITOR switches are: Alfa 2, 60; 3, 86;
4, 70; 5, 67; 6 is zero. Bravo 2 is 57; 3 is 75;
4 is 72; 5 is 75; 6 is 54; 7 is 32; 8 is i; 9 is
57. Charlie 2 is 45; Charlie 3 is 87; Charlie h
is 71; Charlie 5 is 82; Charlie 6 is 47; Charlie 7
is 60. Delta 2 is 86; Delta 3 is 85; Delta 4 is 72;
Delta 5 is 14; Delta 6 is 57; Delta 7 is I0. Pre-
operation configuration: TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY
light, on; 92 POWER is ON; READY light is out; DOOR
is OPENing. The S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light is -
is not shining. DELTA TI_4P and OVERTEMP are okay.
PLT ...
343 02 26 18 CDH S194 going to MODE, MANUAL. Go. I've got - I got
us behind.
CDR 21. Okay. VTS, AUTO CAL at 21. Man, really got
behind there all of a sudden.
PLT Yes.
CDR Okay.
PLT Now - -
CDR Ooh!
PLT/CDR (Laughter)
PLT Ooh!
PLT Shazam.
CDR 19 , 20.
343 02 31 05 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I terminated S190 too soon,
about a minute too soon.
PLT Yes.
343 02 35 3)4 CDR MARK. 35:35. ETC, AUTO. Next mark will be at
35 :53. Coming up on 35 :53. Stand by -
910
--4
343 02 36 08 PLT Yes. I've passed it. Looks like we're coming up
on Bangkok here.
PLT ...
PLT Thunderstorms.
PLT Okay.
PLT ... on this one. Back in. Two. Twins are over-
shooting cloud tops. Data now .... two beauties
... there. Okay, stopping. Going for a clear
area.
CDR Yes.
CDR Stand by -
PLT 22 ...
PLT ...
CDR Stand by -
343 02 h3 06 CDR MARK. AT 06 the S190 MODE went to AUTO and ETC
should be in AUTO.
B43 02 45 14 CDR MARK. 190 READY light out at 13, MODE to STANDBY.
CDR Stand by -
CDR Stand by -
PLT ... run out of travel now. Red. Here's some big
lake here. I'll Just get some data on it. Looks
like a dried - dried lake bed. At 48:10, an angle
of 30 degrees, left ... Getting good data on that
lake.
PLT Okay.
CDR Yes.
915
343 02 50 16 CDR Okay. Still got a READY light and ALTIMETER UNLOCK
light. At 50:20, ALTIMETER going to STANDBY and -
TIME SKIP
343 03 02 09 CDR I got the very distinct hint that maybe the
fault zone - the crossfault there - that's shown
in the - in our map as a dotted line and heading
off to the - to the east looked to me like maybe
it was along that river, because there is a river
that's extremely straight. And then it - there's
a lake up in the mountain up above it that's kind
of aligned along with the river. And the river
Jogs off to the north a little bit, but the lake
up higher looks like it's li - it's long and
slender and lined up with the river. Looks like
a rather straight line, so I was thinking that
maybe that is where there's a crossfault.
343 03 02 47 CDR The frames are 142 and 143 on magazine Charlie
X-ray 47. The pictures were taken at 02:59 and
03:00. The f/stop was ii; 100-millimeter lens
at 1/250.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
343 17 02 07 SPT Okay, the first one, handheld 35-4, we're unable
to observe because of weather. We had a fair
amount of cloud cover in the area (music), and we
could not see the sea mount. Han_eld number 32,
however, off the Chile coast, we were able to
observe (music). First, the camera data: The
photographs, three of them, were taken at 16:50,
16:51, and 16:51 on mag CX47; frames 144, 145, and
146. There were some clouds in the picture, but
yet we had fairly dark water not reflecting back
up, so I went and used f/ll plus a half stop and
100-millimeters, 1/250 of a second, for all three.
(Music)
343 17 03 28 SPT Okay, the upwelling which I did see was fairly
light-colored water, lighter than the dark blue
water around it. The - The dark blue being on a
f_ Forel scale,maybe a i or a 2. And the lighter
water, which I took to be the upwelling in the
plankton bloom, something on the order of a 7 or
an 8. Some of it was quite green. The upwelling
plumes themselves - There was one major one which
I captured in the first one - showed the lighter-
colored features to be laying off right next to
coastline, maybe a small amount off. By that I
mean a couple of degrees in my field of view.
The - then there was a couple of eddies of this,
protruding outward, sort of with random spirals,
no - no one orientation of the spirals or - or
rotation direction.
343 17 Ii 21 SPT The color of the plankton blooms was light and
contained a fair amount of green in contrast with
the dark blue. The bloom itself extended along
the coastline and had some long tenuous arms
reaching out to sea - reaching out to the ocean;
maybe out i0 degrees or so in our field of view.
Now they appeared to be material which was swept
out by eddies - material welled up - and - and
the edges of the eddies where the velocity was
the highest, it carried material out to sea. The
first picture showed that quite well. There was
two eddies in that. The second picture showed
a more tenuous pattern a little further south
along the coastline which extended out a little
further, maybe 15 degrees.
343 17 13 OB SPT Now it's estimated that the region close to the
coastline was - oh, a couple of degrees or so in
width of our field of view. We did take the two
photographs of the material itself. A third one --_
919
t
343 17 19 18 SPT Okay, on to step 26. And I'll give you the - the
information as we go through each step. Number A,
step A, which was a dual-axis maneuver - -
PLT Yes.
CC ...
343 17 24 01 SPT We did not see a move to even 0.i. There was
some settling time allowed though. In all of
these maneuvers, we did not go straight to the
point, but we actually went to the - the one axis.
And the X maneuvers are the fastest, of course.
And then wet usually ended up with a - by making
some sort of an arc-shaped maneuver and usually
overshot the position and then came back and it
took about a minute and a half or 2 to settle
down completely.
343 17 25 33 SPT Now at this point, we're going to try to fly off the
display back to the original position. Thought
it wss best to try. to put it at X, the test on
the maneuvering system itself, than try to maneuver
back exactly along the direction we came or
directly to the point we came from. And that was
done by Just reversing the previous commands.
That is, with our - when we go back to it - to a
position of X of minus 017 and Y of minus 124 from
our previous position which was plus ll4 in X and
plus 106 - correction, let's go back and explain
that. We ended up at plus ll4 and plus 106.
Rather than use those numbers to calculate a new
maneuver, we just reversed the previous ones,
which should have gotten us right back to minus
017 and minus 12h. That is, the commands we
entered were 52021, 50117, 50224, and 50000. We
did that maneuver at 15:29:45. During the maneuver,
Mercury. was moved directly to center of the
occulting disk, or pretty close to the center,
and at about 010 on the coronagraph scale; that's -
in octal, equivalent to 0.08 degrees. At that
distance outside of the larger dark circle on the
overlay, Mercury came into view. It was fairly faint
at the beginning, but rapidly came in to where we
could pick it up. And I think at about 0.08 degrees
outside of that larger darker line on the overlay,
we can - we'll be able to pick up - were able to
pick up Mercu_j. Now the values we actually
attained were minus 020 in X and minus 12h in Y.
So we did not end up where we started out in X;
we did in Y. We were off 3 units - that's
0.03 degrees in X.
343 17 32 42 SPT I personally was not very happy with the numbers.
We're going to have a tough time pointing some of
the fine-pointing instruments where we'd like to
see them, with those kind of accuracies, l'm
hoping what we can - what the folks on the ground
might be able to do is to look at these re,tubers
and determine what scale factor would have to be
applied to our - to our measurements off of the
overlay in order to actually get to where we want
to be on that overlay. Now we have an HP-B5 on
board so we could certainly make some fairly
straightforward calculations which involve quite
a few digits very easily. The scale factor, of
course, probably, is going to change as you move
across the display, and I'm hoping that there's
some easy way to take that into account. I'm not
sure you've got all the information you really
need to work that out, however. We tried to give
you some fairly long maneuvers so that you could
look at the largest possible errors we were
encountering and give you the highest possible
accuracies.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
343 18 51 18 PLT This is the PLT briefing for the third time on
my dual passes ; I think I had trouble with the
recorder before. The pass that started at -
16:24, J0P 6, step 2, building block 32, was
completed as printed. The corona showing fine
structure from about 8 o'clock to about 9:30 on
the east limb. JOP 1 Delta, step 1 was - threw
me backward a little bit. I lost a little time
in there because of bullet 3. I went around the
thing about three times there. I saw that I
needed to have the thing - I set up at 766 to
start with. Thought I would be ahead of the --
game. Then I got to the third bullet. I see -
I saw I needed the ZER0-ORDER, and so I went back
to 00, and then I saw the parenthetical addition,
et cetera, and so I came back to 766. And then
I looked and I saw that we had a MIRROR callout -
also, a MIRROR AUTO RASTER was specified, and
I mused over that for a while and lost some time
before I got started. Once I got started, every-
thing went nominally. I - I completed the entire
pass, with the exception of one 82B exposure.
Okay, the second time around on - starting at
17:58 in JOP 6, step 2, building block 32, was
completed on schedule, The coronagraph looked
the same - the corona looked the same. 1 Delta,
step i, building block 27, was completed okay
this time. Started 1 Delta, step i, building
block 28. I completed it all as published. I
got 35 of these mini-RASTERs, or whatever they
are. And I got - one - two extra 82B exposures,
and one extra 56 exposure, SINGLE FRAME, 5.
And also, I did the SINGLE FRAME, 5 down to the
atmosphere.
TIME SKIP
343 20 15 08 CDR This is the CDR at 20:15 Zulu. The subject is DAC
malfunctions. I just completed a - a check run on
transporter 7 and transporter number 3 in the film-
threading DAC that's mounted on the film vault and
found them to be working perfectly. I then took
transporter number 6, which is in the film vault
with about 7 or 8 percent of film left on it, put
that on DAC number 4, and ran it successfully at
all speeds with no problem. So I put all equip-
ment back into operation again. And I think that
we will Just have to keep a close eye on DAC 4 and
these two transporters in the future and see if we
can't find some failure mode that's longer lasting.
But as it stands right now, all three pieces of
equipment seem to be working normally.
343 20 25 13 SPT SPT at 25, ATM pass which began at 19:32. Okay,
it all went out - went as called for, except for
one point - 56 SINGLE FRAME, 2. Got really a
SINGLE FRAME, LONG EXPOSURE with another one on
top of that of around 4 minutes. Other than that,
the exposures went as called for. The FRAME -
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5 got around ll minutes.
343 20 43 07 PLT Okay, the PLT starting the recording for S063,
comet observations. Time is 20:43 and I'm going
to go get a time hack.
PLT Okay.
CREW ...
PLT Okay.
CREW ...
CDR Okay.
CREW ...
CDR ...
TIME SKIP
CC Morning, Jer.
343 21 58 33 SPT I tried searching around for it, using oxygen Vl.
And unfortunately, the only maximum I was able
to find was up around 200, 250 or so, and I
knew I 'd really not found the bright spot, if -
if any at _I]. I kept searching around trying
to use the XUV MONITOR in INTEGRATE. And for
some reason, the darn thing Just didn't show up
931
TIME SKIP
CC ...
343 23 56 08 SPT For the LEFT/RIGHT - the UP/DOWN - I'm sorry. For
the LEFT/RIGHT, values were - the left limb was
minus 95 for both 82B and H-ALFHA 1. And again
here something looks l_nny because we've got a
Sun which is wider in LEFT/RIGHT than it is in
UP/DOWN. It might make Dick happy, but I believe
it's all in the estimate somewhere. Over on the
right limb, the UP/DOWN was plus 2 for both 82B
SLIT and H-ALPHA l, tangent to the limb, and the
Lk_WT/RIGHT was plus 95 for both. So the two
things that concern me there are, first, at the
left limb, the - To put the slit tangent to the
limb as I see it in WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY, I ended up
with an UP/DOWN of minus 22 and that puts - and
minus 21 for H-ALPHA 1 - both sets within secs of
one another. And this is right after we've Just
gotten done doing a four-limb coalignment. And
again, the BIAS switch was IN. Also, we've got a
l_rger Sun in T,F,
FT/RIGHT than we do in UP/DOWN.
And right now I can.'t explain it to m_self. And
if you're aware of the situation which is causing
this, I would appreciate understanding it.
###
DAY 935
CDR ...
CDR ...
PLT 01:01.
f
936
344 01 01 05 PLT MARK. Still didn't work. Ah, come on. Okay,
stand by on 15 seconds.
344 01 01 30 PLT MARK. It's not working. Ah, come on. Okay,
there's a wasted exposure. I don't know what
happened that it just won't - screw it hack in
again here. Electric Nikons, I don't like them.
There, that did it. I Just clicked off a frame
trying to screw it in. There's two frames wasted.
CREW ...
344 01 02 30 PLT MARK. Okay, now this is on frame 02; for your
purposes, a 2-minute exposure. And it was started
at 02:30; I'll conclude at 04:30. And we lost
two frames there because of Mickey Mouse camera
operations.
344 01 03 26 PLT Okay, now that first frame - I gave you a 5-second
exposure instead of a 10-second. I'll see if I can
give you a 10-second when we get through here. I
don't feel badly [sic] about that at all. We've
had an awful lot of trouble with the Nikon with
this remote cable. That's an expensive camera.
That thing really is rinky-dink in some respects.
Coming up on 4 minutes. Okay, 30 seconds to go on
this 2-minute exposure.
344 01 04 30 PLT MARK. Okay, that was good. That was your 2-minute
exposure. Now let me give you a lO-second exposure.
Make up for that 5-second one that I gave you.
Stand by -
344 01 12 00 PLT MARK. Okay, now I want 176. Okay, 176.0; 00.
And you want 6 minutes. Okay, we're all set to go.
Okay, that's one on this one angle here - 176.0
and TILT, 00. Stand by for my mark.
344 01 13 01 PLT MARK. Didn't work. Didn't advance it. That's why
it didn't work.
CREW (Laughter )
PLT Stand by -
f_
938
344.01 22 38 SPT Okay. Thank you, Dick .... it hangs very close
to the open position, I would expect ... to the
closed position ... EVA ... operation before we
have to resort to pinning it.
3_4 01 27 00 PLT MARK. Okay, I'm going to turn the recorder off.
PLT Stand by -
344 O1 36 00 PLT MARK. Okay, advance film. Now you want 187.6 ;
187.6. Roger. You've got. 32.4, maximum TILT
you say. And this is for 2 minutes starting at
01 :37.
PLT Stand by -
PLT Stand by -
PLT Stand by -
PLT Okay, l'm going to cut this one short about 3 sec-
onds to give me time to advance f_lm, and then
I'll give you a lO-second one accurately starting
at 01:42.
PLT Stand by -
TIME SKIP
344 02 43 00 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the last ATM pass for
the day. That was the 01:51 ATM pass. Let's see,
we started out with good old JOP 6, step number 1.
Got kind of a late start with that one because it
took a little while to set the GRATING in 55. I
found that - well, can't remember what the large
number was, but it was at a number larger than what
I needed so I had to run it clear through, and that
kind of put me down about 2 minutes. We then - I
got the nuZ update in okay, and - took care of the
- TV downlinkin part B of JOP 6, buildingblock i.
And - everything went normally all through JOP 6.
TV downlink was no big problem. I did 12C. I
think I gave you about 4-1/2 minutes instead of 5
because I wanted to go up and take a peek at the
new sunspot in active region 96 before I ran out of
observing time. So I gave you about 4-1/2minutes
of - the 82B slew calibration and building block 12
Char]ie.
344 02 44 33 CDR And went up and took a look at the sunspot. It's
not a very big one but it's the only one in town
right now. And, let's see, during the - Oh, yes,
when I - during my observation time, I tried to
do a shopping list number 2 at the sunspot. I
figured as long as I was there I'd try to get it,
but after I got a PATROL, SHORT going and a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER going, I realized that I really
didn't have enough time. I was already headed for
ESS. And so I terminated the - the - PATROL,
SHORT and, at about the second frame, and the MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER, I think we got down to line 12 or 13.
So I think the sunspot was at least in the - in
the - MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. Anyway, we got that -
that part of it into it anyway. And I've powered
down now at precise coordinates, minus 5400 ROLL,
942
344 02 h5 52 CDR The frame count, I'll go ahead and put it on tape,
the next time we get air-to-ground, I'll give it
to them anyway. H-alpha, 11548; 4129; 138; 1209;
5784; and 3863. That's going right down the line.
I took a couple of looks at XUV during this period
and its bright spot around the north pole is gone.
And the only thing left is the bright area that's
associated with active region 96. You can see the
polar coronal holes, and that 's about it. It
wasn't too terribly interesting.
TIME SKIP
SPT ...
TIME SKIP
344 16 27 55 PLT By the way, this observation was taken over a peri-
od of about 4 minutes; so there's a very widespread
area here with icebergs, wherever I am.
344 16 31 17 PLT PLT here. Taking a look at the slider map, these
icebergs appear to be in the South Atlantic;
course close to the maximum elevation.
3h4 16 31 32 PLT And that was about 4 - at 16:20, 21, along in there,
and that's putting it near a point, oh, about 400
miles southwest of Capetown, South Africa, out
there in the South Atlantic.
344 16 40 29 PLT Okay, it's the PLT at 16:40, reporting on the frame
numbers. Charlie X-ray 36: 49, 48, 47, and 46
were on the icebergs.
TIME SKIP
944
344 17 12 20 PLT MARK. 20. Advance film. And we're all ready to
go. Okay, that completes -
TIME SKIP
945
344 17 55 19 SPT The first three were taken off the coast of Chile.
Looking at the fiords, and in particular the
Humboldt Current where it comes into Chile, we
were able to see the motion of the water; we've -
we're able to see large waves and a particularly
large fiord. The waves were, in general, perpen-
dicular to the co - coast line, but general - but
generally bowed in towards the center of the fiord.
From up here they look like fairly long wavelike
waves, and I was surprised I was able to see them.
I got three 100-millimeters of those. Jerry will
be able to report pretty soon on some 300-milli-
meter photos. And we also had a data acquisition
camera going when we came over the coast at - 2
frames per second. I did not have very much time
for observing but the - those waves certainly
stood out in a very prominent fashion. I was not
-. able to observe water motion as such but maybe on
the next pass by we'll take another look.
344 17 56 23 SPT The next three photos were taken on the east side
of the coast. And there I was able to see what
reminded me of plankton bloom, the coloring; that
is, a very light green in contrast to the dark
ocean blue water. And it was running parallel to
the coast, a very sinuous ligament, quite far up
the coast towards the north. And I got a fairly
oblique view of that. Sort of believe that it's
a - essentially was the Fa]kand Current; whether
it's the edge of it, I'm not sure. It very well
could be the - the edge of the shear layer, causing
some upwelling in that area. That's what immedi-
ately comes to mind when I look at it. But that
may, however, not be the explanation. It was
very striking in that the sinuous element Just ran
all the way up the coastline and it was relatively
thin, maybe 1 degree or so across in our field of
view. There was some turbulence or eddies associ-
ated with it, but relatively minor.
TIMESKIP
946
344 21 34 56 SPT Along toward the end of the fourth MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER, I tried it once again. Or at the end of
fifth - fourth AUTO RASTER, I tried it again, and
there was no success. And we finished up with the
door talkback white, which is used right now at
night. And we got all the exposures in for 56 and
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs for 55. And also 82B got their
exposures - WAVELk_NGTH, SHORT exposure TIMES 1/4
and WAVeLeNGTH, SHORT exposure TIM_ h.
344 21 35 50 SPT The way the message was sent up or read on the
operation of this 82A door was the note said, "If
the door tA1kback failed to go gray, step 2, re-
peat steps 1 and 2, up to three times, then
947
344 21 40 18 PLT STS handrails: Well, the STS and the MDA probably
are between poor and unacceptable or unacceptable
to poor as far as all restraints. They don't -
They don't seem very well positioned for much of
anything. I know I should - Seems to me that
probably for - if you're Just thinking about hands,
they're not too bad. But in the STS and MDA when
you're using handrails, you toss yourself around,
and we are continuously bumping our feet into
sophisticated equipment - namely, the rate gyros.
.F
948
344 21 h3 27 PLT Also, all of our snaps - Every place that we have
snaps, there ought to be stiffeners where the snap
is located. I'm talking about where it's located
on the strap, and a bungee falls into that category.
344 21 h4 35 PLT You feel like you've put in 75 pounds of push force
Just to put the doggone thing into position. You've
got to anchor yourself, one arm and two feet, to
get that clipboard attached to a surface where you
have the snap arrangement that's accepted. Univer-
sal mount, I don't think is very good. Generally
speaking, I'd say poor to adequate on a universal
mount. I don't like the nonprivacy blocking mirror.
That's the mirror with those block locks. If - If
the place where you're hooking the universal re-
straint - on a handhold, I'm talking about now -
is a grand platform, it works fine except for the
oscillation dynamics of the handholds using it for
cameras and so forth. The DAC will - will stimulate
a vibration in the universal handhold; it'll Just
95O
34h 21 h5 42 PLT The handholds - The lock is not very good. When
you push it down to lock, it may or may not. Some-
times you get a nice, over-centered click about -
and that's about 1 out of I00 times, when you attach
it to a - one of these oblong handholds. The bun-
gees and tethers, generally speaking, are very,
very nice pieces of equipment to have around, if
we Just had better ways of sticking them on things -
attaching them. ATM seat/backrest restraint, we
have not used.
344 21 47 09 PLT And then when you try to push the little nipple
onto the separator outlet nozzle, that is never
a positive operation. It's already - always fit
and twist and fiddle and fool around there trying
to get that thing on. I do not like the design
of the urine collection equipment insofar as the
way these things fit together. When you push the
951
344 21 49 02 PLT The lap strap and the handholds are not - They're
essential. They - In fact, I would say that they
are very good. But I think that the whole thing
is designed for an improper posture. WMC hand
washer handrail: I find that very useful. WMC
foot restraints: I don't know where they are.
They're - As far as I'm concerned, there aren't
any WMC foot restraints. Those two straps in
there are not very useful for anything. In fact,
we're always ricocheting all over the place in
the head. In fact, I would say that the foot
restraints in the WMC are unacceptable and even
952
342 21 51 52 PLT General utility wipes, wet wipes: I would say both
these are great. Man, we use a lot of them, and
953
344 21 53 58 PLT Because all that sticking and pasting to pull the
little green pieces and everything seems to me to
be all devoted to making sure you got a good seal
up there, and I'm just not sure that you need all
that origami - Let's see - WMC origami to make
954
344 21 55 27 PLT I've put rubber bands around my tray, and I hold my
stuff down with rubber - with rubber bands. The mag-
nets are let's see. I would give them a poor. The
magnets just aren't strong enough. I'd say - I'd
like to be able to throw a knife at this thing and
have it hold onto the thing, but we've kicked -
By looking out - While looking out the wardroom
window, we've kicked our utensils off. And I've
got a spoon stuck on the collector right now up-
stairs, the diffuser collector. And the wardroom
table as an eating station is not bad. It's -
I would say that it's adequate. Okay, the thigh
restraints, I don't use. I - I use the foot re-
straints, and I use them out to the side, not on
the pedestal, because you got to re-clock your
triangle cleat every time you do that. We talked
about that before. Wardroom light-duty foot re-
straints are Just like the head - they're unac-
cepted. The - Yes, unacceptable. They're not -
they don't even serve the utility function for
which they were designed.
344 21 58 06 PLT Food cans are adequate. Those have the - They -
Some of them have collapsed. We were able to get
them out of the overcans with no problem. That
was a concern to me. Because of the - Apparently,
they got some higher than 5 psi in there. Bever-
age dispenser: The beverage dispensers are - let's
see - poor. You get an awful lot of air in them,
which is not to say - maybe not the blame to - not
the fault of the dispenser, but the valve is not
reliably easy to use. And we - Sometimes is very
difficult to get the thing lined up between - in
there, but let's give it an adequate. Seasoning
dispensers are adequate but certainly can be im-
proved. I think we - The idea - The salt dispenser
is the best step in the right direction. It's
highly directional; that is, you can direct it
956
34_ 21 59 57 PLT Trash airlock: I've had some problems with that,
but we - It's functional, and I think that the -
the action that pulls the lid down on the trash
airlock is not - is not working properly. And
we have to stand on it, of course, to get trash
airlock closed again. Vacuum cleaners: They serve
the purpose for the low - low vacuum requirement
here, and I think the - the circuit breaker loca-
tion on the vacuum cleaner - I - I find myself
turning that thing upside down, sideways, and
every other direction every time; I never can
remember where it is. The fact that it is re-
cessed is excellent. It keeps me from bumping
the breaker, of course, but it just seems to me -
I don't know why it is, but I personally find
myself searching for that circuit breaker every
time I get ready to use the vacuum cleaner.
344 "22 01 42 PLT It does not hold the items, and it's got all the
little pickiest pockets on it and everything and
I think I could - I - I - I don't want to be unduly
critical on it because I'm sure that someone had
our best interests in mind when they designed it,
but that thing is unacceptable for all because it
doesn't serve the purpose for which it is designed.
Portable fan: We have - there's - there's cer-
tainly - Let me give it a very good. They cer-
tainly move air, and they seem to be a lot bigger
than they would really need to be, but from that
standpoint, and from the functional standpoint,
they're ex - ex - Let's see. I gave them a very
good. Okay. 0DA kit: I don't know what that is.
3hh 22 i_ 19 CDR This is the CDR at 22:15 Zulu with a 487-3 Alfa,
a subjective evaluation guide, number I. And
we'll Just get right - right off with the top one
959
34_ 22 16 41 CDR Okay, OWS dome and wall handrails: I would rate
them very good. I think that, particularly in
the area of the dome, the handrails are quite -
quite good. There's really not much action going
on up in the dome; so there's not a whole lot of
requirement for a great many handrails up there.
_ 31_ - 22 17 08 CDR Those handrails that are up there are quite ade-
quate, and I don't see that there's any - any need
for any great - great amount of change there.
Down in the lower part, in the wall around the dome
lockers and everything - I'm going to class the
water ring structure as dome and wall handrails,
and I found that they were very, very convenient.
It was a very good idea. I would call those ex-
cellent because you got a place to lock your feet
in while you're working with each of the dome
lockers, and I think that's very handy. As you
get down further into the - the dome compartment,
the handholds become a little bit more far between;
however, you've got a lot of other things to grab
because there's lots of things down in this area
that you work around. I think it would have been
a great improvement if we had had some handrails
on the side of the film vault because you get over
there and start working those doors and things.
And it would be good to have a handrail on the side
of each film vault.
B4_ 22 18 26 CDR STS handrails are adequate, and that's about where
it ends. MDA handholds and handrails are poor to
unacceptable, and I won't discuss that again be-
cause I t__!ke_ _bout that at my last debriefing,
960 _
3_4 22 20 _9 CDR The ATM foot platform: Both of the ATM platforms
are excellent. Again, because of the grid and
because you can lock in and you have a various -
various different ways that you can position
yourself, they're very good. Portable handholds:
We haven't used the portable handholds very much.
We have a couple in here on the grid floor and
in the forward compartment, and they're Just
really not used that much. We have none in the
MDA, any of the portable handholds, and really
have lots of places we can use handholds as
I mentioned last time in my 487-2, I believe it
was, but no place these particular handholds
could be fastened. Portable equipment restraints -
tethers, bungees, universal mounts, et cetera: .4
961
344 22 22 01 CDR It's - it's a good idea that they put the snaps
as well as the hooks on them. I think the later
ones with the metal, wider flat hooks are much
better than the - the ones with the little round
wire hooks, the earlier models. And the main
reason is because they're less dangerous. There's
no - little or no chance of - of Jabbing one of
those flat hooks into your skin, but certainly
the little sharp ones are very dangerous. Tethers,
wrist tethers and waist tethers have been extremely
valuable on EVA, and I've always been a very strong
proponent of them. I would rate them as excellent.
The long shorts and short - long straps and short
straps: I don't see them listed anywhere; so
I'll hit them here. I think they're very handy.
The only trouble is that they're very heavy and
b111ky. Seems to me there must be a lighter way
of going about this. I can't think of it offhand.
I think one thing that would have been very handy
_. up here would have been more rope, more of the
PBI rope. I think that would have been _very
handy equipment to have.
3h4 22 29 37 CDR The Nutragena that was got for us Just smells like
dog shampoo, and I Just don't think that was really
necessary. Somebody could have put themselves out
a little more and made it a little more pleasant,
I think. The only shortcoming of the shower, I
would say, is the - is the suction head. It's Just
not flexible enough, and it doesn't - doesn't flow
over the body well enough to remove the water.
There's a redesign necessary there, and I don't
think that's too difficult a thing. I think it
could be very easily redesigned into something
quite - quite nice and useful.
3h4 22 31 19 CDR They're long enough, but they're not wide enough.
And I think - especially when you're taking a
shower, we find that it takes a minimum of two
towels and two washcloths to take a shower. So
for the towels and the washcloths, I would have
to - I would have to say poor. They need - they
need to be bigger, they need to be more absorbent,
and we've got to come to grips with this flamma-
bility problem somewhere along the line. General -
general utility wipes: I find them to be quite
handy. We are out of tissues; so we're having to
use the utility wipes in the same manner as tissues.
And they're about twice as large as they should
be for the tissue - type use. So we've gotten into
sort of a conservative mode around here. We -
Customarily, when we need to use a wipe like a
tissue, we tear it in half and put half of it
back. And that helps a lot.
344 22 33 58 CDR The trash bags are quite handy. I'm not giving
_- any grades for these things, am I? Let's stop
and go back. And based on my discussion, I'll
give you some of your - some of your word grades,
your evaluations. Personal hygene kit, I said was
very good. Towels and washclothes, I said was
poor. General utility wipes, very good. Wet
wipes, very good. Biocide wipes, adequate. Uten-
sil wipes, I call them the same as wet wipes, and
they're very good. Trash bags, very good.
344 22 34 37 CDR One of the beauties of the trash bag is that when
you have a small piece of paper or any small item
in your hand you want to get rid of, it's easy to
pop through the membrane in a trash bag and get
rid of it. And it doesn't very often come out
again. Plenum bags: We are finding the plenum
bags to be extremely valuable. A lot of the large
dry trash, like the empty washcloth dis - con-
tainers, the wipe containers, the - the herring
bones out of our food cans, the towel containers -
Any large dry thing that is too bulky to put in a
bag and stuff down the trash airlock quite handily
goes into the plenum bags.
966 _
SPT ...
344 22 38 38 CDR The food trays, I would say, are excellent. They
do a very good job. I think the little time-study
967
344 22 40 25 CDR The only thing that Bill and I have indicated that
would probably even be nicer would be maybe an
eye dropper or something like that would be ...
We find that the pepper, being in an oil base,
has quite a bit of surface tension. And you can
squirt the pepper out of the little - the little
nozzle, and it Just kind of flows back over the
nozzle again and m_kes a bubble. And then it
disappears down over the - the top of the nozzle.
Possibly a [sic] eye dropper would give us the
same problem. I'm not sure.
B4_ 22 44 38 CDR In the very hot weather, I leave the top blanket
rolled up and put it under my head rest, and I
sleep in the nude. And I found - find it to be
quite comfortable. So I found essentially that
I've had no use for the - the large overblanket,
the bottom blanket I've been calling it, and that
I find that by Just either rolling up or leaving
the top blanket down and changing what I sleep in,
the clothing I sleep in, that I'm quite - quite
I comfortablein the sleep restraint. I think the
head restraint has been a good idea. I've made
quite a - quite a use of that, and it helps quite
a bit.
344 22 45 25 CDR The trash airlock: The trash airlock has been very
good. I think I would give it a rating of - I'd
give it a rating of very good. Works quite well.
Thank heavens we made the - the pressure relief
valve, the orifices, large enough so that you
don't have to wait an unncessary long period of
time while that airlock either vents or pressurizes.
The trash airlock is pretty straightforward, works
quite well. We've not had any problem with it
so far. We took the advice of the SL-B crew,
and that was: "Be careful. Do not fill your bags
too full so that they cause any trouble getting
out. "
344 22 46 lb CDR The three little tabs on the bottom of the bags
that fasten over the dogs, the ears on the trash
airlock, I think were a very good idea. It gives
you an opportunity to get a good thrust going
with the pusher in the trash airlock and get the -
get the trash propelled well out into the - into
the waste tank. The vacuum cleaner is quite
handy. I would give it a rating of very good.
The improvements I would recommend is that we
Just have more vacuum; that's all. I realize the
design of this and where our limitations are, and
I think future designs - Somebody ought to dream
up a new vacuum cleaner, design it from scratch,
and do it so that it's got a good, high vacuum.
970 i
344 22 47 03 CDR The uses of the vacuum cleaner motors and the suit
drying system and - in the shower, I think, are
very good. Very good versatile use of the vacuum
cleaner equipment. The wardroom table for non-
eating uses - non-eating uses: Found it to be
very useful. I would say adequate. I'd put the
top on top of my tray and pu - put a spring across
it. I find it to be quite happy - quite handy
as a work table. The tool caddy: I think it's
useless. I have not used it. Bill used it once,
and he sprayed tools from one end of the workshop
to the other. It Just didn't work out. I think
that we're better off - Instead of a tool caddy,
I think we're better off with Just an elastic
belt. Or the pockets we have work quite adequately.
344 22 49 03 CDR But as yet we have not played any cards. The
exercise equipment that's in there really hasn't
been used. The exercises we're using now are
more than adequate, and we Just don't need what's
down there. What I'm - The ones we're using are
the Mark I and the treadmill, and we find them to
be extremely useful. The Mark II, the springs,
are also extremely useful. Garments: I would
say the rating to be given on the garments is very
good. For the most part, I think the garments
are reasonably well designed. Lot of pockets.
344 22 50 48 CDR But the thing is, somewhere along the line some-
body dropped the ball. And the pockets that are
designed for the scissors are not - Well, the
scissors won't stay in because the flap won't lock
over the top of it. The pocket that's designed
for the flashlight is too short. The flashlight
comes out. It's - It's too bad because those
would have been very, very handy pockets. It's
just that the doggone retention straps don't
hold the item in. The pockets that hold in our
little trifold hooks Just barely hack it. And I
don't see any reason why they couldn't have added
an extra half inch onto the strap or another inch
of depth onto the pocket.
344 22 55 13 SPT SPT at 22:55 and talking about the ATM pass which
began at 21:57 for the 55 CALROC. No problem.
Just carried it all out as written and also got
done a little bit early; so I gave another one.
I'll give you the pointing coordinates first of
the first three. Buildi_ block 26 is - The first
one was done UP at - UP, a plus of 2 - 128. That's
a plus 1 - plus 1_8. A LEFT of minus 15. The
next one was done DOWN to the lower LEFT of that
at the UF or - DOWN of minus 55 and I_FT of minus
235. Third one was done to the RIGHT, which was,
I think, UP of minus 55 and a T.FJ_Tof minus 55,
also.
3_h 22 58 _6 SPT It's not there this - was not there this morning.
Was there yesterday, and early yesterday it was
quite bright. I'll have to keep m_ eye on the XUV
monitor and continually compare it with pictures
which I am taking once every morning. And also I
get - the same holds true for the 52, which I am
taking pictures of. I have gotten another overlay
973
###
DAY 3h5 (AM) 973-1
345 00 l0 34 PLT Along this main feeder band, and I'm calling it
that because it's the main arm of it - it was
not extending toward the intertropical convergence
zone. It was extremely long and it - it had -
although the cloud cover was solid and it looked
to be about, oh, maybe 100 miles or more wide,
there were intermittent positions or points of
extreme high activity and cumulonimbus buildup
with overshooting cloud tops.
345 0o 26 35 SPT The bright point which I picked out for unattended
ops was not a real barn burner. It - it only got
up to around 700 or so on the oxygen VI, the coor-
dinates, I have gfven to the ground. The thing
that did catch me, though, was that it was fairly
isolated. It was not associated with any activity
I could see on the disk, and it was quite sharply
peaked.
TIME SKIP
PLT ... the RECORD light on ... record ... record ...
RECORD switch ...
345 01 43 5_ SPT We've done a fair _mount of work with the solar
telescopes. And even though the Sun is quiet, we
think weIre learning quite a bit. There's lots
F_ of interesting,but not very dynamic,phenomena on
the Sun right now, and that's what we're studying.
We hope that in another 2 weeks or so we ought to
be looking at a pretty active Sun. Done a lot of
corollary experiments. We've done an awful lot of
visual observations, and this is something that's
really been challenging and interesting to us. By
that, we mean Just looking down from our vantage
point back at the Earth and seeing what we can
determine with our cameras and with our eyes that 'll
be useful to the people when we get back.
CREW ...
PLT ...
345 Ol 48 45 SPT During the past 2 weeks or so, we've done an awful
lot of Earth resources. We've looked back now at
the United States, and we hope to learn an awful
lot about our country which will be useful to us,
to all of us. And secondly, we've looked at a few
other countries. We've been able to gather some ....
resource information on India, Australia, Malaysia,
and we hope in the future to get quite a bit of
information on other countries, which will be use-
ful to them. During the past week or so, something
that's been kind of gratifying to us -
SPT Bill, would you get those guys out of the way?
345 01 49 44 SPT During the past week, something which has been
rather gratifying to us is that we have been shown
to be in fairly good medical shape. As a matter
of fact, we're bordering on being in the same
condition we were at lift-off and perhaps, in some
instances, a little bit better. And we hope this
trend will continue in the future. One thing we
attribute it to is what we call Thornton's Revenge,
this clever idea of Bill Thornton's to keep the
calves of the legs in shape. And this is one thing
on previous missions which they've not been able
to do as well as they would have liked to. We'll
show pictures of this in the future. As a matter
of fact, Jerry Carr has shown one picture of it
already. And we feel that's going to be the answer
for us in keeping us pretty much in the same shape
we were in on the ground and, if we work hard at it,
maybe even a little bit better. We've done an "-"
973-7
345 Ol 52 43 SPT Okay, Jer. Now if you'll Just tell me when these
guys are in your field of view.
CDR Okay, I'Ii try and get squared away here; then get
out.
PLT •••
CREW Yes.
345 02 06 00 PLT Here we have Ed Gibson getting into his suit here,
and Jerry is assisting him. We won't go through
the full procedure for donning the suit because
this is - requires very careful follo_ring of
procedural cue cards. But we did - thought it may
be interesting to - Just think it may be interesting
to look at the operation and the dexterity involved
in - or lack of it, as the case may be - in - in
donning the suit. You see that we do take full
advantage of zero gravity in that we try to move
around so that the assistant or the individual
assisting has the best possible perches.
345 02 06 41 PLT Now this is, I think, the more difficult part of
the operation - That's actually getting your head
through the neck ring. And we find that we actually
have to have another person in - in some cases,
have another - another individual actually push
our head down to get it down far enough to get
through the neck ring. And now you see - Well,
looks llke - There. Jerry's helping him, and, oh,
he's made it very nicely. Must be adapting to
zero g. Okay, now he has his head through the neck
ring, and the next operation will be to line up the
material, the zipper in the suit.
CREW ,.e
MCC ...
MCC ...
MCC ...
3_5 02 20 07 PLT And we find ourselves moving all around the space-
craft as this takes place. And the - One of the
things that we miss is the weight of the upper part
of the suit assisting us bringing the two edges of
the zipper together. You'll see Jerry now is having
quite a bit of difficulty in trying to pull the two
pieces of material together. Once he gets past
about the middle of the back, it'll be much easier.
CC ... Over.
PLT I concur.
345 02 22 17 MCC Then we'll meet and discuss these from an assess-
ment point of view to see how we're doing, whether
we think that's the way we ought to be doing,
and - -
345 02 36 51 PLT Now the zippers are fastened, and all that remains
to he done is to take the zipper straps, stow them
properly, remove the donning assist strap, and to
Velcro down the pieces of overlapping fabric.
345 02 39 14 PLT This device separates from the helmet. And the
helmet will be put on first, and then the extra-
vehicular visor assembly will be put on second.
345 02 39 40 PLT Okay, that terminates it. I hope we've got it all
in there.
TIME SKIP
973-15
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
973-ih
TIME SKIP
CC CDR, ... - -
TIME SKIP
345 15 56 27 SPT SPT at 15:56, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 15:04. Building block l, JOP 6, step l, went
F_ as planned; no - no deviations. At the conclusion,
I gave 82B a shopping list item 19.' The total
whole boundary at the north was about plus 910,
and the width was approximately 20 arc seconds, as
I saw in magnesium X - 55 DETECTOR 3; GRATING,
1940 - 1941. XUV got a slew T_T/RIGHT, plus or
minus 30 and an UP/DOWN of plus or minus 6. On
two occasions I got outside that plus or minus 30
on the inside of the limb - that's on the negative
side - but was not there - not outside that bound-
ary very long.
TIME SKIP
345 17 26 04 SPT Get the watch out, Bill. Is that set for a good
time?
PLT Yes.
PLT ...
PLT ...
SPT Okay, stand by for the first mark, here. And again
I'm having to change this thing in rotation all the
time. By that, I mean the rotation of the - not
the AMS but the ring track. Got a continuing change
in rotation. Okay, standby for the first - first
exposure. Standby -
3h5 17 33 19 SPT All right, looks like we're going to miss this one.
I can't even find the horizon now. I can look out
through the mirror and see it, but I can't see it
through the sight.
345 17 39 4h SPT All right, at long last, l'm set up for another
exposure on this thing. Okay, this is your frame
number 2, a_idwe got a filter of 5577.
SPT Stand by -
345 1T 45 50 SPT Could you turn out some lights down there? I
think I'm getting a lot of internal reflections
in here. Thank you. The ones in the wardroom
there, please, Bill.
345 17 47 00 SPT All right, now I've got myself a nice straight
white line across, with stars above and below.
Oh, for crying out loud. What am I looking at?
Very awkward. I'll tell you, the numbers on
the pad sure did help.
3_5 17 48 23 SPT Boy, I'll tell you, you can't see a blooming
thing as far as the locations around in here.
CREW ...
SPT Yes, I know, but these stars are quite a bit above
and below it. It's not Just - I can't believe it's
the airglow. However, I will ta_e a mark - take
a manual exposure on it again because of the fail-
ure of that darn timer. Okay.
973-20
345 17 52 13 SPT Jerry, could you close the wardroom window, please?
Okay, wardroom window is going closed now. Maybe
I won't have that boom as a distraction. That
didn't seem to make much difference. Now it's -_
the Moon which is on the darn boom; that's why.
All right, we'll try this whole thing again.
SPT Okay, we'll try and give you another one. I'm
going to change the filter again; 5577 is what the
filter is. I'm trying to get it set up in rotation.
345 17 54 45 SPT Okay, you Just got to change rotation, the RING
track LOCK, and go back and get yourself at the
right location to track it. Advance the film for
manual time; get another selection of film, And
all this is not expected. All right, we're track-
ing it good now. We're moving along to the edge
of the ... al] that ... stuff. I've changed the
973-21
3_5 17 55 51 SPT MARK .... slight disk in the hole. Target right
there at the site. Come around. I'll tell you,
I wouldn't give you two cents for this. Oh, I'm
... We're tracking. We had ... track here. I
know ... horizon ... No longer ... dashed line.
Left-hand side going up. Going down.
345 18 O0 38 SPT MABK. Okay, that was ... 25 ... Okay, stand by
for shutter closed.
345 18 05 ll SPT Okay, that was the first session I had on it, and
I'll call this OJT. I think I mentioned that to
Wally Teague. And without a simulator, this first
one was going to be nothing but OJT. We got some
exposures, but I think you'll notice that subse-
quent ones ought to be a little higher quality.
I think we got to find out what's wrong with this
darn timer right now too.
345 18 31 01 CDR This is the CDR at 18:31 Zulu, debriefing the first
ATM pass of the day. Unable to get to the tape
recorder due to S063 operations. My assignment
was JOP 15 Bravo. And I started out with a ...
at the request of the SPT. He indicated that that
would probablybe a good thing. He had noticed
a ... right near there ... and with a ROLL of 400
and set up for the ... AUTO STEP and got it started
at 15 - about 50 minutes from ... about what I
had left. Went ahead and got S056 set up with no
problems. Got it running. And S082A, I started
its timed exposures. The place where I ran into
problems was with S055. It Just wasn't my day
with that particular experiment. I had to set the
GRATING with a MECHANICAL REFERENCE, which was
really no big thing, but I got her started. Got
busy looking at something else. Went back and saw
105 on the counter. So that meant I had to go
through one more time. I blundered on through
973-23
345 18 32 56 CDR And got the first MIRROR, 3 RASTERs. Got the
second one first. And then I got hack, got finish-
ed with that, got moved into 102, got it started.
About that time, we came up with the ground, and
I suggested that possibly we m/ght want to term-
inate - or truncate the 102, MIRROR, 3 RASTERs a
little bit early in order to ensure that I got a
good MAR again at 0_:28 at the end of the pass.
The ground concurred and advised that I should
only get one good RASTER out of 102 and that I
should terminate at 05:28, which I did. Everything
else went okay.
TIME SKIP
f-
345 19 01 25 SPT Jerry, could you turn that one dome light off for
me, please?
CDR Sure.
SPT No, the dome light. Could you turn the dome light
off for me, please?
SPT Stand by -
345 19 04 04 SPT Okay, shutter closed; change filter. That was your
frame number 1. Visible filter going off; putting
UV filter on.
345 19 05 24 SPT Okay, that was frame number 19. Excuse me, that
was frame number 20 which was Just taken. Frame
number 21 went to verify that the timer was working.
Okay, we 're coming up now on 19:06.
SPT Stand by -
SPT Stand by -
345 19 12 l0 SPT Okay, timed out. 19:14, the next one; frame 4.
SPT Stand by -
345 19 14 02 SPT MARK. Hey, we got good tracking. Oh, that looked
like a shooting star or something going down
through the airglow layer. Okay, we've just about
run to the end of the travel here on the - on what
the mirror will allow you to see.
345 19 15 59 SPT Oh, okay. On that last one, we had pretty much
gotten to the very end of travel on what - what
you could make with the - with the mirror. Un-
fortunately, we really don't see down the axis of
this with this sight we have. Okay, 19:23, the
next one.
345 19 20 38 SPT Okay, now the roll - the ROTATION which was given
me here is 320. And at 320, I have in the bottom.
I'm looking right down the S-IVB wall of the OWS.
345 19 27 16 SPT Oh, boy, it's really difficult now. the airglow
has Just flat disappeared on me. Oh, the tracking
of this one's poor.
345 19 27 33 SPT Time exposure's out. 29, you want another one.
Well, let's see if I can get some rotation set in
here which might make this a little bit better.
973-26
345 19 32 47 SPT Okay, we've got the visible lens on. I guess I'd
better track and try to line it up here. Give you
one as long as possible. I guess you s_y at 19:37
is sunrise and you want to - until sunrise. I'll
watch it and try to give you a long one. And I'll
go with the manual timer and have the timer in ...
345 19 35 01 SPT MARK. Shutter open; manual shutter open and we're
in track.
TIME SKIP
345 20 26 03 CDR Okay, pressing on. Got a late start on the ATM
for many different reasons which don't really have
much to do with the ATM. As a result, we're going
to be truncating S056 with less than 15 minutes.
It looks to me like it's going to be about a
12-minute exposure rather than a 15-minute expo-
sure. And S055, because of a lack of time, I cut
the three rasters to two rasters apiece, and that
will give me a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, at a GRATING
of 1761, about one full raster and maybe a half.
I figure that was about the best - the best divi-
sion between the three, There was no S082A. The
S082B, I wasted a lot of time trying to get that
doggone SLIT [sic] OFFSET set at plus 12 - set at
plus 12, and I think that cost us some time, too.
I finally gave up. It was vacillating back and
forth between ll and 12, and LIMB POINTING didn't
seem to stop it. At any rate, the S082B finally
timed out at about 9 minutes to go. It's completed
now, and I'm Just standing by waiting for ESS, at
which time I will truncate S056 and S055. And I'll
give you readings on where they were truncated.
3h5 20 42 39 CDR S055, I guess I'm still snake bit. I had some
problems with that son of a gun. This time, I had
it set up moving in toward 130 on the GRATING. I
stopped it at about 113 or 114; I didn't get the
number. And as I reached up to hit the START
switch and start SINGLE STEPping my way to 130, I
hit the doggone ZER0-ORDER GRATING switch and hit
it into refer - REFEBENCE, OPTICAL. And the son
of a gun - the counter went to zero and I wasn't
sure where I was. So I just had to swallow m_
pride and start it up again and run it back through
zero.
345 20 44 05 CDR The S082B AUTO STEP terminated with about 9 minutes
to go. That cost us probably 2 minutes right there
while I fiddledy-diddled around with the MPC, try-
ing to get us set up on step - LIMB OFFSET, plus
12. I could either get ll flashing to 12 or 12
flashing to 13. And for the life of me, I couldn't
get it to settle down on 12 and stay there. So I
finally Just went to LIMB POINTING and - and gave
up with it. It was 12 flashing back to ll and then
back to 12, And I went ahead and started the AUTO
STEP with that situation going on. I figured a
little bit of overlap was better than a little gap.
So that's the situation on S082B. Because of the
lateness of the time, I had no time to really
look at the Sun and fiddle around with it at all.
And so I don't have any other items to debrief at
this time.
TIME SKIP
973-30
345 21 14 17 PLT Now this is the PLT. The time is 21:15. And I
am perf0rming the instructions contained in the
general message S201 malfunctions, and that's 2637
Alfa. Okay, I removed the rear cover. To verify,
connect - Step 2: To verify connectors mated,
rotate the film transport box counterclockwise.
Report motion. Okay, I'm pulling the handle out.
I'm rotating the film transport box counterclock-
wise, and there is no motion. Promptly install
the rear cover and evacuate. Okay, I'm doing that.
345 21 15 07 PLT Rear cover back on and going closed (grunt). And
we want to do a complete evacuation; so I'm going
to vent. Okay, now let's see. Continue the nom-
inal proc - continue the nominal procedures per
cue card. During $201 ops, press ear against the
canister and listen for the i/4-second f_lm advance
motor noise coincident with the white light flashes.
Report results. Okay, now that's - that's just a
little bit different. If it's a 1/_-second noise,
it could have been that I was not listening for
the - This is why you called it the cllmk, ap-
parently. And I will strain my little earbone
ana see if I can't hear that ellln_this time.
TIME SKIP
345 21 55 46 SPT I could not see any organized patterns for them.
They appeared to be scattered ..., and the orien-
tation for the larger axes appeared to be more
... -- --
345 22 09 00 CDR This is the CDR at 22:09, debriefing the ATM pass
which started at 21:21, I believe it was. The
pass consisted of two JOP 6, step 2's and then a
JOP 1D, step 4 - 1 Delta, step 4. Both of the
J0P 6, step 2's went okay. There was no hitches
and got all the data, and were truncated at
roughly around 6. Got into the JOP 1 Delta; that
went pretty much as planned. On one occasion,
while reaching up to cycle the S055, I grabbed
S054 and cycled it once. So, S054 guys, you got
a freebee frame there. Don't know how much good
it will do you, but I exposed a frame for you.
345 22 l0 08 CDR I did not get a chance to look too much at the
Sun, I did take a look at the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH, and - while I was doing the VTR
work - and was impressed by the fact that it looks
like the - Let's see. Let's get our north and
everything set up here. There were a - a pair
of - of streamers coming off the northeast limb,
973-32
345 22 39 53 CDR This is the CDR at 22:40 with a note on M092 HIGH
CAL. With a HIGH CAL, we get a SYSTOLIC and DIA-
STOLIC of 125, which is outside the range of 127,
133.
TIME SKIP
345 23 13 18 SPT SPT at 22:13 [sic], debriefing the ATM pass now
in progress, which is the one that began at
22:52. Okay, to start it off with, of course, I
had noticed a sma11, subtle change in the corona.
Earlier'today I went and did a shopping list
item i at the very beginning of the orbit. That
is, a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute and three ex-
posures for 52. And 56 got a PATROL, SHORT. Our
ROLL was minus 5400.
345 23 15 55 SPT The other two very fine streamers which I men-
tioned this morning are - well, the one at
lO o'clock is still there, although not anywhere
near as bright. And the one at 08:30, super-
imposed on the larger one centered at 8, is really
not visible. There's a very hint of it on the
base of it, but it does not appear to be anywhere
near as visible as it was this morning. So again,
the major change in the corona looks to be a - The
m_Jor change here in the corona looks to be a
stretching out of that helmet streamer at
8 o'clock.
345 23 21 38 SPT The coordinates I've used are plus 10797 for ROLL,
a DOWN of minus 1007, and a LEFT/RIGHT of plus
0000. That count of four zeros was fortuitous.
973-35
345 23 28 54 CDR CDR out. This was the - This is the CDR again.
This is - The subject was the SPT on the MI9 -
171-1.
345 23 43 46 SPT There again, the pointing was unchanged from all
of the building blocks carried out, and that's
how we've done the two 28's and the 10. At the
very conclusion, I went back to Sun center and
again looked at the streamer at 8 o'clock, and
now it actually looked like it had narrowed down
at the base; that is, actually had necked in. It
was no longer than it was nearly before, perfectly
straight on the sides going in the disk. It
973-36
TIME SKIP
###
DAY 3h6 (AM) 975
346 OO 54 31 CDR The ground itself was very red or yellow or tan in
large blotches of red; but there were some tans
and some yellows. There was indications of wind
erosion. There was lots of - of linear striations
over the land that looked very much like the wind
had blown and had Just kind of - It looks llke the -
the perennial wind here - the prevailing winds
L
976
B46 00 57 07 CDR And then frame number l0 was taken in HH15B, more
in the area, I would say, of Brunette Downs or
Alroy Downs or Alexandria. These are airfields
in the southwest corner of HH153 square on my map.
The last frame which was number ll - I kind of
lost track of where I was but I think it was prob-
ably down around the area of Windorah, somewhere
between Windorah and the HH140-5 area that's laid
out. Let's see, a town in that area would be
Bourke, B-o-u-r-k-e. That's probably about the
best area. Okay. so that covers it.
J
977
TIME SKIP
346 01 21 i0 SPT SPT debriefing the ATM _ass which began at 00:21.
Okay, at the beginning we got a shopping list
item 1 in, to look at the corona. And we also got
one in at the end, although we could not fit a PA-
TROL, SHORT, in as we were - would not be above 250 K
when it concluded, The streamer at 8 o'clock again
appeared very prominent and appeared to vent down
quite a bit towards its base, especially on the
northern side of it - more so at the end of the
orbit than at the beginning. We're now on that
Kohoutekmaneuverfor $201and whenwe get back
from that m_neuver and into the day sid2 we'll
take a look at it once again and try to give you
another shopping list item 1. The coronal hole
work would not - did not come off as well as I
would have liked. The coronal hole at the north
pole is not very sharply defined and is fairly
Jagged.
SPT And was able to get through the - the first three
building block ll's ; however, the building
block i0 at the end we did not have time for.
Guess that would have been 400 K and running 55
and 82A - 82B which this was designed for. I
think if I had had a choice and knew what was on
your mind, I would have used the south pole as -
there the boundary is fairly linear and appears
to be a little bit easier to work with and more
representative of a coronal hole boundary or an
idealized coronal hole boundary.
CDR ...
CDR ...
PLT Yes.
346 01 31 03 PLT Jerry, could you give me a time hack Just to make
sure I'm not off too far_ Should be coming up on
31:lO in about 5 seconds.
CDR ... 15 -
CDR Okay....
979
PLT Okay -
346 01 51 34 PLT And this is PLT setting TILT to zero zero, ROTATION
to zero zero, in that order, and retracting the
- AMSmirror.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
3h6 05 00 12 CDR The PLT. Method Alfa: leg, 35 minutes, 600 watt-
minutes. Method Bravo: he'll be using positions
A, B, - I should say, Alfa, Bravo, Delta, and Echo
for 8 minutes, 50 repetitions each. He'll use for
method Charlie, which are the springs: He'll be
going for positions Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo,
Foxtrot, and Golf for i0 minutes, 20 repetitions
each. Method Echo, which is isometrics: Alfa and
Bravo, the Hordinsky Special for 2 minutes, i0
repetitions each. Method Foxtrot, the treadm_ ii: ,
wa]_ for i0 minutes; springs for 1 minuSe or i00
repetitions; toe rises for 1 minute, 75 repeti-
tions ; and that concludes the standard exercise
routine.
3h6 05 02 37 SPT aPT at 05:03 with a quick look at the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH TV display. Shows that the streamer
which was at 8 o'clock has pretty much straight-
ened out and very necked down and close to the
disk, and looks like the trio which once was down
at the base of the helmet streamer has Just lifted
off and moved away from the Sun. We have stretch-
ed out the field lines underneath it; they're now
pretty much straight and most of the material has
moved off. I've been giving you another quickie
with a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute. And I hope
you folks are going to get some observations on
it tonight because I imagine it's still going to
be changing.
346 05 17 ll CDR This is the CDR at 05:17 with the rate gyro six-
pack temperatures, housekeeping 2 Charlie. Zulu 6
is 95 degrees, X-ray 6 is 93 degrees, Yankee 6 is
93 degrees, Yankee 5 is Oh, Zulu 5 is 95, X-ray 5
is 95.
346 05 25 42 SPT SPT at 05:25, ATM. For 52, you've got another
CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute - about 3 minutes to
go.
TIME SKIP
SPT ...
PLT Onmymark
- -_
SPT Okay.
PLT 25, 26, 27. Okay, and we want 312.5 over there
and 31.7 over here.
SPT Got it.
SPT Verified.
_ PLT 15.
CREW ...
346 06 05 35 PLT Okay, we've got a second party that's heard the
bloop instead of a clmmk. So maybe you're in
business on the frame advancement and the slide
advancement.
990
CDR ...
PLT Yes.
CDR Okay.
PLT Okay.
PLT Yes.
CDR Yes.
CC Go ahead, Bill.
CDR 15 .i
CDR 15.i - -
PLT 15 •1.
346 06 09 14 PLT 13. You can't do these early because I'm certain
that the - these star fields are rising and moving,
see. This is another reason that I didn't really
worry too much about starting this, you see, with
a 2-degree attitude error. Because during the
time of these exposures - of course during the
sequence, they're separate exposures and they're
- they're moving across the field.
SPT Yes.
346 06 09 h4 SPT I imagiue this data is much like the other one I
did.
PLT Yes.
346 06 l0 09 SPT You had two other choices. One was to start on
time and let it all - No matter what happened.
And the other one was to not do anything at all
on these particular -
SPT Yes.
346 06 i0 53 CDR Yes, I was turning the crank and I could see the
., . _ I
PLT Yes.
CDR ... - -
CDR .°.
PLT Okay. When you stow this thing, it's quite an op-
eration. You've got to pressurize it with nitrogen.
CDR Yes.
CDR .••
PLT Okay.
PLT l0 seconds.
PLT Stand by -
99h
346 06 lh 01 PLT Okay, we're rnnning for quite a long time here.
Okay, PI, I think we're in business here. I've
got eonfermer - confirmation from second party,
and we're both positive we're hearing what you're
calling a clunk, only it sounds like a - Jerry's
described it as the hoot of am owl - the little
hoot! At a - at the - when the light flashes.
So I'm pretty sure we're getting the plate advance-
ment. Yes, you can - Now you can hear it, once
you become accustomed to the sound.
3h6 06 14 30 PLT Yes, it does that. The first time I thought it was --
re - I though the thing was all screwed up because
it kept flashing, and hit sort of irregular inter-
vals. But that's all these - you see that's all
these peculiar exposures here.
CDR ...
PLT Yes.
B46 06 16 ll PLT Well, this, I think, is the reason for this other
RESET switch to START Just before you go switch
OFF again, is to start that thing off again. And
I think they go to a - they probably lose this
1-second lithium flouride here. Or they - they
wait - they - they put it into that mode, and
then - -
CDR Yes - -
PLT (Laughter)
CDR Channel 2.
PLT May - let me reach in there and check that thing real
real quickly. However, if I have to change that,
we have to bleed - put nitrogen bleed in it.
CDR (Whistling )
CDR Yes.
PlaT Boy, I've really beat the heck out of these watches,
thrashing around here.
CDR (Whistling)
PLT On my mark -
PLT I'm thinking more - you know, I guess that was not - -
PLT Okay.
998
CDR ...
CDR Yes....
PLT Roger.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
346 18 27 h8 SPT The right limb, 82B was plus 1045; 55 was plus
1046. MIRROR POSITION, still 1032.
1002
TIME SKIP
over, the effect made the cells look very much like
fish scales. That is, the contour of one Just over-
lapping onto another, so that the ..., without the
well-defined contour, just sort of faded away or
was not even - did not diminish at all in the ad-
Joining cell with that abruptly brought up against
it and its curved interface, which shows up clearly,
Just like fish scales.
TIME SKIP
346 19 54 4h CDR This is the CDR at 19:55 Zulu debriefing the ATM
pass. The second one of the day started at
19:01 Zulu. Made up of a JOP 9, step 1 and 3,
JOP 26, step 2's. All four of those exercises
went as planned. The JOP 9 started off on time;
got a little bit delayed because I wanted to show
some white light coronagraph on the downlink.
And I got some XUV MON in on the downlink and then
got the first JOP 26 started at about 41 rather
than 44, which meant that the last one ate into
my observing time a little bit. All of the JOPs
went okay. All the data was gathered as - as
scheduled. During the observing time or actually
during the JOP 26, as I took a few peeks at XUV
MON, got the distinct impression that the - there
was new bright area coming up over the west limb.
And since we Just had - had a quiet area go over
ioo
4
346 19 56 21 CDR That seemed to tone down that bright area on that
east limb. Then we took a picture of it and
compared it with the original picture, and it
didn't even show; so I guess that points out a-
an area we should be careful in. And that is
comparing what we see with what's on the photo-
graph, because I guess the old eye is better
integrater than the - than the camera. And I
was able to see bright areas that the camera did
not. After that I only had about 4 minutes left ;
so I fooled around looking at the various active
regions.
TIME SKIP
3h6 21 17 01 CDR That seems very strange to see these two lakes
with a rather large opening between the two. But
yet the smaller lake is very green; looks like it's
sedlmented. And the larger lake is - is very deep
blue. As we moved over across Argentina, past
Puerto Moreno [? ] and the Lago Musters and Lago -
can't hardly read it - anyway, the large lake next
1007
346 21 23 50 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 21:24 Zulu, and
we're in preparations for S019. We have sunset
on this side of the house - I should say it's dark
- on this sideof thehouse. I have openedthe SAL
and extended the mirror. The ROTATION is set at
27.7, and TILT at 23.9. The prism is in and
cassette number 02 is on. And I verify that I have
set the FOCUS at 2 - number 2. The film hatch is
coming - I'll wait another minute for the film
hatch Just to make sure it's plenty dark.
346 21 25 21 CDR Okay, the nuz that's called out on the pad is
minus 2.3. The nuz that's in the ATMDC at the
moment is minus 1.8; so we're at 1/2 degree, and
therefore no correction required.
CC -- ...
1008
346 21 25 51 CDR Okay. All right, the time is now 21:26; stand by -
346 21 26 01 CDR MARK. I'm going to open the FILM HATCH at this
time. FILM HATCH is opened. All right, our first
exposure is 270; so I'm setting it right now. Re-
verifying: ROTATION, 27.7 and a TILT of 23.9. _
This first field is number 620. Okay, verifying
the filter is open.
PLT No.
PLT ...
CDR 70 percent.
CDR Stand by -
1009
CC ...
PLT ...
FLT ...
PLT ...
PLT ...
346 22 38 39 PLT PLT recording the end time on M092 at 22:40 and
correcting the start time. Make that 21:50; 21:50
instead of 20:50, as reported earlier.
346 22 56 35 PLT PLT; percent - CABIN AIR, PERCENT 02, H20 , and
346 23 01 09 CDR This is the CDR at 23:00 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
run that started at 22:12 Zulu. It was made up
this time of a JOF 6 followed by three block -
JOP 26's; pretty much the same as the last pass
I did, except the last one started with block -
JOP 9. _ the JOP 6 went uneventfully. The first
J0P 26, I was well into it when I discovered a
spray beginning to come out what looked like, oh,
40 or so arc minutes of roll above where I was.
And it's too bad I wasn't a little bit later. I
think I might have been tempted - If I hadn't
started J0P or - yes, J0P 26 yet, I would have
been sorely tempted to modify the ROLL from
minus 0720 to something like minus, oh, 0800 or
whatever it was and lay it right on that little
spray. As I proceeded on through the first
JOP 26, I had no problems with it ; got it off in
good shape. But Just as that J0P was finished,
another - that was building block i0 - another
spray occurred, oh, probably 60 arc minutes of
roll on up above the first one I saw.
346 23 03 21 CDR Other than that, that building block i0 went well.
The third building block l0 went without a hitch.
Went right on through it with an offset of plus 2.
And then I checked my sprays again. The first
spray was gone, but the second spray was still
well defined and did not appear to be on the wane
as yet. So I ROLT.W._on up to that point, and that
gave me'a ROLL of minus 1094. I - On the XUV SLIT
I reset to LIMB SCAN. Actually, I went back to
LIMB SCAN, then WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY. Made sure I
was right on the limb. Went back to LIMB SCAN,
noticed that my limb offset had reset back to zero;
SO I went to LIMB POINTING and did a shopping list
number 3, interesting events. And I called it a
spray; it might have been a minisurge. I don't
know Just which you would want to call that.
346 23 04 25 CDR At any rate, I did one PATROL, SHORT for S056.
For S082B I did one timed WAVE T_GTH, SHORT, expo-
sure 240 at a zero offset - that's offset out 2 -
and did another. And then offset out to 6 and
did another and got 1 minute and 40 seconds of
that done before we hit ESS. Now S055A, I should
have stopped every time I got to line 13, but I
Just completely forgot that. I went ahead and
Just did a full MIRROR AUTO RASTER on the area
and - Actually, we did about a mini auto - a
MIRROR AUTO RASTER and 3/4. I forgot to note
which line we were on when I terminated, but it
was about 1-3/4 or possibly 2 complete.
346 2B 07 ii PLT PLT with the VITAL CAPACITY on the subject, the
SPT, for M092/171-I: 5.483, 5.363, 5.h56.
###
DAY347(AM) i017
TIME SKIP
347 00 36 13 PLT The PLT debriefing the ATM pass that started
approximately at 23:45 and included a JOP 9,
building block i, which was truncated at 6 min-
utes, omitting 82 Alfa. That was completed as
published.
r_
1018
347 00 37 45 PLT I hit 82B exposure NORMAL; let's see, and I got
the first exposure at the previous LIMB OFFSET
of zero. So when it - when I saw the READY light
come on, I hit the 82B STOP to stop the sequence,
stepped up to plus 2 and restarted the - the
NORMAL SEQUENCE. And when I completed the sequence -
NORMAL SEQUENCE at LIMB OFFSRT plus 2, I went back
and got the 10-second exposure; so there's one ex-
tra 10-second exposure at the zero LIMB. OFFSET.
Everything else was performed nominally except when
I - I completed a little bit early, I went back -
went over to the limb and looked at the area at
8 o'clock, and there is - nothing spectacular.
But there is definitely a sma]1 prominence over in
that area. Checked XUV M0N again, and there's
brightening in that area. Had Ed come up and look
at it. He wasn't too impressed but said it - it
could be growing in that area. Other than that
one extra frame of 82]3, I think everything was
performed nominally.
TIME SKIP
1019
TIME SKIP
347 01 56 01 SPT SPT at 01:56. Handheld photos. First one was HH55,
and the mag ID is CX17; frame numbers 17, 18, and
19. This was of Merapi Volcano in Java, Indonesia.
The location of the volcano was wide open and -
the clouds, good Sun angle. So we got three hand-
held 100-millimeter shots of it; f/ll, 1/250.
1020
3h7 0156 h3 SPT Bill Pogue, Jerry Carr, and I were up there looking
at it. I took thephotos. Jerry said - he thinks
he was able to identify it by eye. There was no
smoke or no vent visible to us. And Bill Pogue
looked at it through binoculars and also was able
to see it and believes that - He says he did see
the crater but could not see any - any venting or
any smoke coming from it. However, we have gotten
three good photos of that area; so I believe we
do have it recorded.
347 02 00 24 SPT The area was wide open and it reminded me very
much of what you see in flying over, say, some
of the parts of southern California, although
this was rural development, not - not urban as
most of southern California is. It was just a
continuous quiltwork of - of farm and land division.
PLT Ed - -
f
TIME SKIP
347 03 27 58 PLT 82A exposures timed out properly. The video tape
was - was performed. Nu Z update went from minus 2.5
to minus 2.3. The activity seemed to be pretty -
pretty well nil. The one streamer I've been
1022
B47 03 28 42 PLT Did a scan around in H-alpha for the east limb,
trying to pick up the prominence I saw earlier
this afternoon; could not find it. That's at the
8 o'clock position, where the - the streamer over
there seems to be - seemed to be developing then,
the point at which I reported earlier in the day
there was more XUV activity than in the rest of
the lim_ in the area.
347 03 29 34 PLT PLT out on ATM. I'ii give the frame count here in
Just a second and - in case somebody wants to give
it to ground. Stand by -
B47 03 29 47 PLT H-ALPHA, 10623; 56, 3577; 82 Alfa, 12B; Bravo, 1014;
52, 5269; 54, 3504.
3h7 03 30 59 PLT "2. Verify f_]m gate closed. Check action of gate
by opening and letting it snap closed with spring
action." I did that, and it appeared to work prop-
erly. In other words, it opened; it sprung back
closed, and didn't seem to be binding on anything,
and that's what I was looking for.
3h7 03 32 33 PLT Okay, now I tried to do this one the same way I
did on that 2-2, and I - I Just about ruined the
end of my fingers trying to - to rotate the hub.
I could not put enough pressure to get enough
friction between the end of my finger and the hub
to rotate it. So what I did was, I went down and
got some tin-straightener pliers and carefully
reached in there and grabbed that thing and turned
it. Now it turned fairly easily with the pliers,
which - you know - I mean I don't know how much
force is sup - supposed to be required to turn
f_ that thing. So you - we may have a problem; we
1024
347 03 34 O0 PLT Okay, now - Leo's see. There was another question
I wanted to ask on that.
TIME SKIP
1025
347 04 57 51 CDR This is the CDR at 04:55 Zulu. The first subject
is handheld photography. The first subject is
the mountain areas north and northeast of Rangoon.
During the pass Just prior to coming up on volc_mo
HH55, Merapi, and trying to get some shots of
Malaysia, we came down on a descending pass past
Rangoon. And as we were pulling off to the south
of Rangoon, the topography of the mountains north
of Rangoon became very striking with their snow
cover, and I thought that it was - it deserved a
good picture, an oblique, if for no other reason
but for topographical significance. The entire
mountain range shows - is beautifully outlined by
the snow.
347 04 59 16 CDR The next items I have to report are - were later
on at 04:25 Zulu. We got three obliques of the
Afar Triangle, taken from the southeast looking
northwest. The Afar Triangle was particularly
cloud free and we thought that the obliques with
the low Sun angle were probably pretty interesting
pictures and valuable to have. The three pictures
are on magazine ID number Charlie X-ray 17, taken
on 34 - day 347 at 04:25 and 04:27 Zulu. The Afar
Triangle obliques, HHll0, frame numbers are 32, 33,
and 34. They were all taken with a Hasselblad 100
at an f/8 and 1/250.
347 05 O0 35 CDR Dear Dee, it's with mixed emotions that we bid you
a very fond farewell. Your leaving is an acute
loss to all of us, but at the same time we share
with you the excitement that the promise of a new
Job brings. You've been a great friend to all of
us and to our fam_ lies over the years. Our kids
love you and our wives love you and so do we. And
we're all going to miss you terribly. Our hearts
are with you, Dee, but not our livers, our kidneys,
1026
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
3_7 12 33 28 CDR The frame numbers for the first picture are number
35 and 36. They were taken at 13 - correction,
12:22 Zulu. The magazine is Charlie X-ray 17; the
f-stop was f/ll; and 1/250. We're just not posi-
tive we did get Brazilia. We felt we ... what
looked like a populated area, and it looked like
at the branch of two rivers. We were looking for
the Pan American Highway as a possible landmark;
however, that was not evident. And if we get
another opportunity, we'll try to do a little
visual and oral work, rather than the photographic
work.
TIME SKIP
1027
3h7 13 29 3h SPT Okay, the toe guards which were set up have done
a good Job. I wore - did not have the toe guards
on for about the first 3 weeks, and I could cer-
tainly see the wear of the toes. Wherever there's
a hard surface underneath, it tends to help wear
through quickest at that location. With the toe
guards on, however, it seems that they can be quite
adequate. As you'll see, there's a lot of scuffing
and discoloration of the toe guards, but they're
holding up real well. We don't expect to have any
problem with them. The only problem encountered
in the toe guards is that they're very hard to
install. And in my set in particular, there was
one screw, the one at the very tip on the left
shoe, which I could not get in. And I have worked
with the - for the past several weeks without that
screw in there, and it seems to be in no way a
detriment to the shoe or to myself.
347 13 30 37 SPT There is not much wear on the side of the shoes -
Just an occasional amount of abrasion. I think you
can see that's very minimal at the largest width
of your foot, say right below the small toe, if you
will, on the outside. But that's minimal and is
more of a discoloration or dirtying of the canvas
from wearing. The other real wear points come in
the back and - that is, with everybody's shoes,
there is a ridge which runs vertically down the
back on the inside, a stiff - very stiff one, maybe
2 inches across at l-l/2 inches across. At the
border to these ridges, the canvas is stretched
and encounters a fair amount of wear and stress
where they have started to come through on aSmost
everybody 's shoes.
lo28
347 13 31 49 SPT The CDR and SPT have - the CDR and PLT have put
tape over those locations and I'm about to do the
same. Now one part of the SPT's shoes, on the
back on the left, have undergone a pretty healthy
tear. And that is the - right along the bottom
edge of the very back, parallel to the ground.
The bottom has been ripped straight across.
347 13 32 40 SPT And that occurred one day on the bicycle ergometer,
which if you put your heel back down at the bottom
stroke, rubbing your toe down - if you put your
heel down, which I just happened to be doing be-
cause of the way I was pedaling oz_ day, you can
catch it on the triangular grid. And with the
force of your other leg coming down and the inertia
of the system, you just flat rip the - the back.
It has not slowed me up at all and has not gotten
appreciably larger, and I expect that if this'll
hold up at least until halfway through the mission,
we should have no problem. In general, the shoes
are wearing, but the thing is, we've got another
set of canvas on board that we'll put in about
halfway through. Seeing as we're about a third of
the way through now, it looks as though we're pret ....
ty much -got it made. We - we expect no problem
with them.
TIME SKIP
CDR Okay.
3h7 lh 53 l0 CDR The nuZ correction is zero. The nuz in the ATMDC
is minus 2.h, and on the pad, it's minus 2.5.
1029
Standby -
CDR 50 percent.
CDR 50 percent.
347 15 01 30 CDR MARK. S_ER is OPEN, and the watch was started.
It was started at 15:02 [sic] and 30 seconds.
347 15 03 46 CDR Okay, we see the airglow horizon going by. I see
Kohoutek loud and clear. 2 minutes and 30 seconds
have gone by or will go by in about 4 seconds. So
the first minute and a half of the exposure, Karl,
was clodds, or I should say the Earth. And then
up until about 2 minutes and 15 seconds, you were
looking at the airglow between the horizon and the
top of the airglow. And finally, just about, I
would say 2:30 - Well, no, 2:15 is when the comet
finally cleared. And we are now completing our 3rd
minute. We have the comet and a tail. It's really
not as clear in your optics as it is with a pair
of binoculars out the STS window.
347 15 12 36 PLT Comes PLT - a GMT of 15:15 - with the M487-2 Bravo.
Number 1 - this is on page 2-3 of the Eval. Check-
list - How adaptable are the various compartments _-_
1031
347 15 19 52 PLT And I use it in zero g for play and the elementary
experimentation because it does have a close ceil-
ing and you can move around and catch thlngs, whereas
the forward compartment has such a large volume,
it's fairly difficult to do anything. When you ....
it drifts away. The head is not Useful for about
anything else because of the floor is there. And
also, it's not intended for anything else, and it's
not used for anything else. Very difficult to re-
strain yourself in the head because of things we've
already mentioned.
3h7 15 21 15 PLT 3: What noneating uses have been found for the
wardroom table? Okay. Agiin, I think the eating
utensils should have a good stowage position_ the
location, on the tray itself or in it. I find
the stowage in the locker is very inconvenient to
use and unsatisfactory from my standpoint. It
takes a lot of - It's a lot of trouble to get them
in there and ... the restraint is unsatisfactory.
It doesn't hold up too well.
347 15 26 53 PLT HOW adequate is the ATM chair? I have not used
it, and I won't - I won't cogent on it. Do you
use the shoes/gridwith it? Is the toe bar useful?
Oh - Okay, no comment on that.
1035
CREW ...
TIME SKIP
347 15 55 23 SPT SPT at 13:55 [sic] for M151. Just starting the
M092 run now. SPT, observer; CDR, subject.
347 16 l0 01 PLT And - sort of a case of too many cooks can spoil
the broth, there, although I asked for help. So
that data was not - was not the best data I've ever
got or ever given you. I didn't have a chance to
monitor anything. Ed's given us a pretty good brief
on the coronal structure.
TIME SKIP
347 17 08 31 SPT SPT at 15:08 [sic]. M171. CAL N2, H20 , 1257.
TIME SKIP
3_7 18 _7 3_ SPT Other than the EREP foot - triangular shoe platform
and the one for the ATM, you've got very little to
grab onto in there. Airlock: No, that's Just a
place to go through.
3_7 18 h7 49 SPT How adequate has the - the sleep restraint been
for sleeping? Has it been useful for anything
other than sleeping? Well, I just hang in there
and read sometimes. I think it's perfectly adequate
for sleeping. The one thing that I find gets in
my way is that top cover which comes down, which
is - Who knows what you're supposed to do with it.
It's always either in my face, or I tuck it in,
and I can't get my arms out if I want something.
The thing is just a general nuisance. I think
they should have made that thing so you could zip
it on or off or at least so you could have arm -
armholes through it if you wanted to use them. I
don't use the upper blanket, the top blanket. We
don't have it on there. Just the netting, and
that seems perfectly sufficient.
347 18 48 40 SPT I think one of these nights l'm going to try sleep-
ing without it - that is, withoutthe outsideof
that, just floating free. I think that _can be done,
and maybe there'll be an advantage to it. So far,
I've not been able to afford the - the chance of
losing a good night's sleep for the experiment.
347 18 49 06 $PT What non-eating uses have been found for the ward-
room table? Would a design modification of the
table and its associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? Well, as I mentioned, I use
it as a desk sometimes, with the cover on the top.
347 18 49 37 SPT The other day I had to take plants - elodiza p_an_ -
elodea plants out of the agar, and I used the table -
Actually, used the food tray itself with a couple of
cans in there .... it's an inconvenient place ...
table. The restraints for that table are awful -
primarily the foot restraints. I think the best
thing they could have done was to yank them - never
put those foot restraints in there; strictly stick
with the triangular grid. If - if anything, people
may want to use soft shoes in there, which is a good
idea. We should have had foot restraints - light -
lightweight foot restraints which are portable. You
can move those around and put them down there if you
want them. Right now you've got ... triang_alar foot
1042
3h7 18 53 05 SPT The other location where we have our problem is the
head. But everybody's pretty conscientious there
and cleans up after themselves quite well, although
potentially it could - could be quite a problem.
Okay, that was number 4. I'll pick up on this in
Just a moment.
347 19 02 25 SPT SPT back in again. Let me give you those frame
numbers once again. They are 37, 38, and 39.
Wanted to make sure I gave them to you correctly.
347 19 05 00 SPT Now another way I can interpret that question, and
that is the head itself. Even though it's very
efficient and I think well designed, the process
still Just takes too blooming long. Correct bowel
movement takes a good, oh, half an hour or so.
Sometimes in a day you Just don't have a half an
hour. The net result is, you end up being uncom-
fortable for a good part of the day. I think a
lot of this is a requirement put out by the ex-
periment itself. And the time can certainly be
cut down to far less than that if the experiment
did not exist. But the way things are right now,
the process just takes too long.
J47 19 05 5J SPT How effective and efficient are the cleanup pro-
cedures and hardware? How much of a timing im-
position are the cleanup chores? I don't find
that to be a problem at all. Pretty much shay on
top of it as they said it would happen. So it's
no real problem. How adequate is the ATM chair?
Haven't used it yet. It is readjusted for each
crewman? No, we don't use it. Do you use the
shoes or grid with it? No. The toe bar useful?
No. Do you use the chair anywhere other than the
ATM? We've got it stashed up there in the top of
the OWS. What design improvements do you recom-
mend? Eliminate it. The reason I gave all these
negative comments on it is that when you're oper-
ating in the ATM, I personally have to reach all
aroundfrom one side to another. One, I use the
timer over on the STS for some function, As I
use the - as I look at the time, I have to turn
the VTS ON or OFF - the VTR ON and OFF. Infor-
mation - Experiment information is stowed off on
a panel right behind me, which I use to get over
to - to open the container for the book. I use
that quite often.
3_7 19 i0 _7 SPT No, I have not done light surveys. Spot meters,
I've only used for photography. No, I have flat
10h7
3h7 19 18 h8 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM run that Just started at
19 - at 18:20. J0F 9, building block 1 - or
steD l, building block 2, was done at about minus
3600 arc minutes and a ROLL of - to a minus 5400.
Everything else is nominal. Started too soon.
JOP 26, all those steps were completed correctly,
I believe. The only thing I did wrong was, at
the end I didn't go back to WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
when I maneuvered toward the center of the Sun by
the 52 standard sequence. In fact, I had for-
gotten that. And I understand why, I think,
you've got that limb tracking mechanism in there,
but it had slipped m_mind actually. It wasn't
Just an oversight; I Just flat wasn't aware or
even - It's been a long time since I've done that.
347 19 20 04 PLT I looked at the corona versus the XUV MON , and I
think they're looking in the right area. There
definitely - As Ed reported, there is sort of a
secondary-type detail of structure developing in
that region you've been looking at there, and -
in about the 8 o'clock position on the Sun. It
appears in the XUV MON there is a bright spot on
the disk - not - not Just in the limb but down
onto the disk now. And it appears as a continua-
tion of the highly amplified limb-brightened area
with the streamers coming out, and a little, oh,
about 1/16-inch-diameter circle-sized spot has
now moved onto the disk at that point at the lower
part of the brightened area at the limb, on the
XUVMON, which very closely correlates, of course,
with the ac - activity or whatever that - whatever
is taking place out there in - in that - It looks
like an active region coming on the disk.
3h7 19 21 15 PLT I don't know that, but that's what I would guess.
If - if I were a betting man, I'd say that that's
- that's what is happening - that it's just moving
onto the disk. That's about all the viewing I got
other than Just watching that limb activity on the
H-ALPHA i, which - and H-ALPHA 2, which didn't
/
io48
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
347 20 46 O1 SPT I could see the B_nard Cells fairly well deformed
on the - like a V on my right-hand side - transi-
tions become slightly elongated and finally dis-
appear, moving to a random area - and then the
flow structureon the left. It was an interesting
study in undisturbed convection and transitioning
into a flow.
347 21 05 44 PLT I don't kn,ow how we're going to get this across
to the people n_less you people put your foot down
and stomp it hard. So I guess that's - that's all
I wanted to tell you. And I have done the best I
could. I was given 60 seconds to get from one
point in the spacecraft to another to take advan-
tage of your window. Now let's check your times.
You were not aware of this problem because your
times at - a 1260-second exposure and a 620-second
exposure occupies all the ava - Just about all the
available time between 20:h6 and 21:20. It was
59 before I was in position, had your experiment
clicked in position and ready to actually push the
SEQUENCE START switch. And so, theoretically, I
did m_f - completed the other experiment at about
h5 - let's say h6. So there's Just - there is no
way that we can operate under those circnm_tances
and get all of - of the task done that is scheduled.
347 21 06 46 PLT PLT out. I'll give you a time hack at the comple-
tion of the exposure on field 97 Alfa. I wish
you'd pass this message on to Bob Parker because
I - I - I feel like Bob has been beat about the
head and shoulders by the Flight Activities 0ffi-
cers, and I think this will give him the ammuni-
tion he needs to insist upon more setup time for
experiments like the 183 and the SO19 and whatever
else is involved. Let's see. That T025 also falls
in that category, as does the S063.
3h7 21 07 41 CDR This is the CDR at 21:08 debriefing the ATM pass
that started at 19:53. The pass consisted of a
JOP 6, building block 2, which was executed with
no problem. I also did video tape - VTR down -
downlink and - for 5 minutes. About the first
minutes was XUV MON, and I did the INTEGRATION
cycle as frequently as I could during that period
of time. The last minute of it, I was able to get
the white light coronagraph fired up and - and on
it. So that's going to just about - what filled
the VTR for that 5 minutes.
347 21 l0 35 CDR Let's see, did I say that right? I did the time
one - TIMES 1/4 with a SHORT WAVE T._GTH - No, it
was a LONG WAV_L_GTH. I beg your pardon. I did
it with a LONG WAVeLeNGTH, the correct way. And
after that was over, then I went back and tried to
shift to SHORT, and it worked.
f
105h _
347 21 ii 28 CDR And that Just about covers it on this JOP 26, as
I got all of your data. But I apparently used
some extra film with that one NORMAL pass. And I
did not get a chance to get any observation time
because of the hangups in getting the mirror off-
set set up properly. And so we Just barely got
the JOP 26's done before we got to 40OK.
347 21 23 40 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. The time is 21:24, and -
Let's see. I'm in STANDBY. I'll be going to
PLATE 22 - experiment when RECORDER is OFF. Stand
by. Okay, I'm ... to zero.
3h7 21 24 17 PLT Okay, the POWER is going OFF now. And TILT and
ROTATION were set to zero, and the mirror was re-
tracted. A little late getting on - what's on the
tape and late CLOSING the SAL DOOR.
TIME
SKIP
347 22 16 26 CDR This is the CDR at 22:16 Zulu. The first subject
is housekeeping 2 Charlie which is rate gyro six-
pack temperatures. X-ray 6, 94 degrees; Zulu 6,
95 degrees; Yankee 6, 93 degrees; Yankee 5,
95 degrees; Zulu 5, 95 degrees; X-ray 5, 96 degrees.
347 22 16 56 CDR New subject. New subject for the CDR is M487-2,
crew briefing. Question number l: How compatible
are the various compartments for multi-uses beyond
their prime design function? Let's see; the sleep
compartments - Yes, that's given as a possibility,
used as a kicker. Sleep compartments, as far as
I can see, double for nothing else other than
sleeping. There's not enough room in there to do
much of anything else. And if you want to do your
off-duty reading in bed, it would be okay for that.
But essentia]ly, I think the - the sleep compart-
ments are pretty much of a single-use compartment.
There's not a whole lot more you can do in the
sleep compartment other than - than Just crawl in
your sack because there really isn't any more room.
B_7 22 19 21 CDE Of course, then you get into the forward compart-
ment in the workshop, and this is a multi-use de-
sign compartment ; so I would say that's - not much
you can say about there. You use it for just about
everything where you need room. The wardroom could
be considered adaptable to paperwork, like check-
list changes or something like that, but I don't -
I think we have to bring up a few more things. We
did bring up some springs ; we brought up some mag-
nets. The central cover that covers the - the
water dispensers could be used. You could put that
cover down, and it would make a fairly nice place
to put out papers and - and work, since it's also
adaptable to a magnet.
347 22 20 27 CDR The - That's about the only other use I can think
of offhand for the wardroom, and even that's not
all that great. Bill, do you want to debrief the
ATM now? Well, I'm going to be a while_ I'm Just
getting started.
B47 22 20 _6 CDR This is CDR. I'm going into a stand by until the
ATM debriefing 's complete.
laS6
347 22 26 52 CC ...
B47 22 B6 36 CDR Okay, I found that in terms of fit and warmth that
m_ garments are quite comfortable. I quite frankly,
as I mentioned earlier in an earlier debriefing, do
not wear the brown shirt because they get to smel-
ling so bad after you've got them damp. So quite -
quite frankly, I pretty much stick with the short
trousers and a T-shirt, and I'm quite comfortable
that way. And in the event that I have a - a tour
of duty at the ATM or in the co_nand module and
I'm going to be there for a while, I zip the legs
in, and I even bring a coat if I feel it's neces-
sary. But I find the ad - the garments are ade-
quate in terms of fit and warmth and don and doff
ease, and that they are flexible enough so that
they can be adapted to the environment that they're
going to be in. They are sufficiently resistant
to tearing and abrasion. I have not yet torn or
snagged one at all. Do they tend to snag as you
moved about the orbitalassembly?
._ IQ61
3_7 22 B8 16 CDR The fact is, I think the way it stands now, I have
my flashlight in my scissors pocket; I have pencils
in my flashlight pocket, and I have my scissors in
the upper right leg pocket. And every time I raise
my right foot to tie my shoelace, I Jab myself in
the groin with the scissors. The - the most im-
portant recommendation I would have for the IVA
garments is, for crying out loud, let's be more
careful about how we design all these little
special-purpose pockets and make sure they fit,
with a little bit of leeway, the things that you
intend to put in them. And I don't know what to
tell you about the shirts. They catch the - the
sweat, and they allow the water to - to evaporate;
and the rest stays, and they smell. They react
with the sweat and pick up a real smell. Okay,
so much for that one.
CDR And the system can't keep up with it and it's Just
getting warmer and warmer, but, thanks heavens, we
can doff clothing and stay reasonably comfortable.
The _Im_dity in this - As the temperature goes up,
1(]62
TIME
SKIP -_
347 23 24 51 CDR This is the CDR at 23:25 Zulu with a message for
data priority, Phil Shaffer. Phil, we have been
doing a little thinking up here about the pos-
sibility of another lost CMG and recognize that
what we in data priority have given a lot of
thought and study to, is the wide deadband mode
of operation. I guess that would be after we
reach a point where we don't want to get into the
TACS any deeper. As I understand it, we would go
from - Where we are now, if we lose one CMG, we'd
go to TACS ONLY and then try to set up for wide
deadband and go with that, conserving TACS and RCS
the best way we can and getting as much out of the
mission as possible. One other thing comes to
mind; that's the possibility of setting up some
rates in the spacecraft and stabilizing ourselves
with rates. Now, of course, that means we'd have
to give up - Well, we're going to have to give up
ATM and EREP anyway in the wide deadband mode, as
far as I can see. But I think maybe on - for 1
or 2 days or so, that would be a very interesting
thing to try. I don't - don't know offhand - I
IQ63
347 23 27 27 CDR The next message from the CDR; the time now is
23:28 Zulu. This message is to the $233 people,
the Kohoutek observation folks. Bill and I have
said on several occasions that we very much doubt
the validity or the usefulness of the third ex-
posure that we're taking because we're getting
s_Inrise or extreme brightening in the film - or
on the camera before the third exposure is up.
So far, we've heard nothing from you folks about
that. We would very strongly urge that you stop
wasting film on the third exposure of Kohoutek -
the third - you know, the last 60-second exposure.
We're convinced it's an absolute waste of time
because there you are sitting there with the shut-
ter wide open; then you're going to get 15 minutes -
or 15 seconds or so or even more of scattered
light. And this last exposure I took, I got about -
probably 2 seconds of nlmost direct sunlight right
into the camera because sunrise was there.
347 23 28 43 CDR I need to admit to you that I did not get the
Kohoutek exposure done at the - the time that was
scheduled,which was 21:16 Zulu, but I waited until
1064
347 23 53 35 SPT Also the oxygen VI line did come out to be ...
fairly close to what we would expect for a bright
point ; so I assumed we had a good one to study,
A] 1 the operations on building block 37 were car-
ried out. Our only problems encountered were -
there's a lot of movement of the grating, and as
often happens in that case, you end up with a -
an extra lap or two around the grating that you
don't need and it slows you down. But we got all
the operation - observations in that were called
for.
347 23 54 24 SPT And pointing for building block l0 was done by go-
ing Just UP exactly 85 arc seconds to 78 UP. So
, eventually, that same spot should show up .,. line
25 in region 32, the same bright point. And we
did not completely finish the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
before we got down to 400 K. We got down to some -
line 40, _4, 45 - somewhere around in there before
we hit 400 K.
1066
347 23 55 09 SPT And 82B got their exposure in well before 400, as
did 56. It looked like a useful thing to be doing.
And I guess what 55 was studying is, as you move
7-1/2 arc seconds away from the center of the
bright point, notice how the - the spectra change
with each step of 7-1/2 arc seconds. Oh, I guess
it's closer to 7 arc seconds.
###
DAY (AM
,_ 1067
3h8 00 30 30 CDR Can you see it out the wardroom window, Ed?
SPT ...
SPT ...
348 00 36 40 CDR Okay, it's going to take a little time for this
SAL to pressurize, so I'm going to go off the
air. The procedures that are going to be followed
from here on after the SAL is pressurized - I'm
going to remove the carrousel while we're sitting
here looking at PLATE 09 and I'll pressur - I'll
io7o _
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
CC °..
348 03 05 08 SPT Okay the TV downlink which came up when we put that
in there before. There, we had 5 minutes, and it
doesn't take you very long to give you an XUV MONITOR
integrate. And I'm wondering, what do you want
for the remainder of that time? I'll be glad to
leave the - the tubes sitting on any given position.
Does looking at XUV MON without the integrations
help you? Or are you really only concerned about
the -
CC ...
CC ...
348 03 16 18 SPT Okay, your friendly SPT back again at 03:16, ATM.
Picking up on the observing part of the orbit.
We did the - again the quick look at 98. Went
over to look at the other bright point. Couldn't
find it in magnesium X. Went over to the prominence
and prominence was located -
CC ...
1072
CC ...
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME
SKIP
i07_
348 14 15 27 SPT SPT at 14:15, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at - Well, it has 13:02 here. I began at around
12:45 or so. There's nothing in - written in here
except video tape recorder should take you 5 min-
utes, and the Nu Z update. Okay, went over and
first of all, looked at the limb to see if I
could - the east limb to see if I could see any of
the act - re_mants of the activity which occurred
last night. I could not, and in H-alpha I could
see some streamer structure change. I gave some
of these details during the science conference; I
won't bother going through them now.
348 14 16 15 SPT What I did - did do, though, was to use a shopping
list item l, a ROLL of a minus 6400. Then I went
over to the limb and did something like a shopping
list item 2, I guess - Well, not really. Shopping
list item 3 probably is more like it - combination
of both experiment modes. Then went, first of
all, to survey the limb, put the 55 MIRROR, LINE
SCAN parallel to the limb. Then did some MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs. Essentially put H-ALPHA l, HORIZON-
TAL CROSS HAIR on - just a little bit below the
limb and tangent, to get MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
pointing at three different positions, covering
the area from 240 degrees to 270 degrees, and in
each one getting 56 PATROL, SHORT.
348 14 17 33 SPT Then I ROLLED for the 82B slit, just tangent to
the limb and gave some exposures there. I was
2 arc seconds off it and a LIMB POINTING, exposure,
SHORT, NORMAL - sequence 3 in the NORMAL. And
this was when I rolled to the oxygen VI with -
maximized on DETECTOR 3; gave around 10,000, and
that was at a ROLL of 2029. Then I rolled further -
so the slit was further north, and the LIMB OFF-
SET was the same. The oxygen VI dropped down to
around 600 to 700 at a ROLL of 1728.
348 14 19 33 SPT So, in Sllmmary for 82B, there were two sets of
exposure NORMAL 2 arc seconds off the limb: one
at 2029, oxygen VI maximum; one at 1728, oxygen VI
pretty much at a background level. And I could
also see in H-alpha 1 that we had a - a prominence
on the slit at that given location for the oxygen
VI maximum and it was well off the slit for the -
for the second pointing. The prominence itself
had - At least, there was two parts of either the
same prominences or two different ones.
___ 1075
348 14 20 20 SPT The first one, which was a - about 236 degrees off
the - from solar north, with the largest segments;
and then further south, there was another smaller
segment. Could not see whether the two were inter-
connected. Okay, then just recapping what I'd
looked at.
348 lh 30 39 CDR The comet has now moved far enough along so that
the bright star is no longer in the tail of the
comet. That star had Just risen when I started
the first exposure. The second eXposure I started
at 40 - 14:22:39, which is about 2 seconds after
the comet itself had risen. The third exposure
was started at 14:22 - correction, 14:24:59, and
that _ne was completed before sunrise.
TIME SKIP
348 15 22 12 PLT The PLT, debriefing the ATM pass starting 14:30.
JOP 6, step l: 1 Alfa was not completed as per
pad. I did not finish the raster at 162; I over-
shot. Got it back and got about half of the MAR,
and then I didn't want to - Took a lot of time.
I didn't want to get behind, so I went ahead to
1 Bravo. That was okay. JOP 29's step 1 was done
twice starting about 28 as per pad except I was
not quite as swift in getting the 13 line RESET at
all - in all cases. I think I got a total of six -
_-_ 1077
348 15 45 22 CDR Okay, the FILM HATCH is open. Roger, Ed; thanks.
348 15 49 16 CDR We have one very bright star in the field of view
at lO o'clock, right at the edge; a radius of 1.O.
In the upper right, extending from 2 o'clock down
to 3:30, is a string of stars. The 2 o'clock star
is in --at about 0.8 radius, and the last star
down at 3:30 is at - about right at the edge of
the field of view.
B48 15 59 58 CDR Okay, it's 16:00 Zulu. I'm going to set the
ROTATION to zero. Set the TILT at zero - Better
do that first. Stop the ROTATION at 60. All right,
the TILT is set at zero. The ROTATION is zero.
This rotation dial is ridiculous with all the
paint missing out of the - the unit's digit.
Little pieces of white paint floating around inside
there. I'm now retracting the mirror.
TIME SKIP
348 17 01 41 SPT SPT at 17:02. ATM ops; debriefing the pass which
occurred after the SO19 maneuver. Okay, there
was nothing strenuous in this pass; so I took a
little observing time. I went over and looked at
these bright points which I had seen previously.
Essentially less than 24 hours old, and it begins
at - the one at 241 degrees, about 0.39 solar
radii. Now let me drop back one. First thing I
did was give a shopping list item 1 at the begin-
ning of the orbit to get a look at the corona, and
it's pretty much as I have reported it previously
on air-to-ground. Then I went over and looked at
the emerging flux region, and I got a m_x on the
oxygen VI of around 2200 with a ROLL of minus 5393,
_ UP/DOWN of zero plus - 0311, and a LEB?f/RIGHT of
minus 0182. At that location I gave 55 almost two
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, 1-2/3.
348 17 04 48 SPT And I did that, and it was not the value I had
seen previously in oxygen VI. I stepped it one
more and got up to 2200 again; so it really took
nine steps even though I only moved the equivalent
of eight,which is stillkind of a mystery to me,
1082
3h8 17 06 59 SPT Now I can - I can look back through and come up
with a shopping list item which just about approx-
imates it. I'm not sure whether that's useful to
you. For example, I guess I could call it a shop-
ping list item 7 with a few modifications or a
building block 28 with a few modifications or a -
I guess shopping list item 5 comes the closest to
it. I was looking at chromospheric network, al-
though it was enhanced chromospheric network. So
I guess I'd like a word - without making a large
thing about it - I'd like a word from you folks
as to whether you'd like me to Just stick strictly
to the as-published shopping list items, or wheth-
er I can go ahead and put the instruments in the
modes which I know - which I best believe they
1083
TIME SKIP
348 18 14 40 PLT And then about, oh, Strait of Magellan over to the
Falkland Islands, it just sort of loses all form
and shape. Now that was my impression. I see by
looking on the map that that thing actually flows
to the north throughthe Strait,which will not -
1084
TIME SKIP
348 18 hl 20 SPT The UP/DOWN had not changed - I'm sorry; the UP/
DOWN had changed, and it was now 337 rather than
3h5. The LEFT/RIGHT of 69 remained the same. I
think part of the problem is that in magnesium X
it's very tough to determine the peak. That's
because it is relatively broad. Shifted to the
left; then 30 arc seconds to a LEFT/RIGHT of
minus 99. Stepped 55 MIRROR, six steps to the
right, expecting to see my peak of a 1000 or so
in oxygen VI, which I had just seen previously,
and could only get around 500 - around 5 or 600,
stepping it LEFT/RIGHT over several steps around
the location where I'd expect the peak and could
not find it.
348 19 O0 34 PLT PLT; the time is 19:00 Zulu. I've discon - dis-
continued charging BAT 7, and I've started charging
BAT 6 in the ASMU.
TIME SKIP
348 20 06 27 SPT Okay, once again the SPT, at 20:07. ATM pass,
which began at 19:12. Building block 2 went off
fine. Building block l0 at the ROLL of minus 9900
want off fine ; no problem. At the conclusion of
that, I gave the TV downlink and then went over
to look at the emerging flux region again. And
it certainly is changing day by - or orbit by
orbit. The - in H-alpha I see more chromospheric
network, which is enhanced now, moving into the -
the brightest part into the southern end of it.
The northern part of the chromospheric network is
brightening, but the brightest still remaining at
the southern. I think it - I pointed at the
maximum intensity as seen in - In this case, it
was neon III- -
CC Roger.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
348 21 42 12 PLT And that was taken at 21:26, that's frame n_ber 58
and Charlie X-ray 17. Also, we took a good look
1090
TIME SKIP
348 22 hl 38 SPT Just before we went into the powerdown for EREP,
I went back to Sun center and gave another
1-minute's worth of CONTINTOUS MODE, three exposures
to 52.
TIME SKIP
I TIME
SKIP
348 23 48 27 PLT Okay, there's the READY light for 192. MODE going
to CHECK.
PLT Yes.
CDR (Laughter)
CDR Yes.
1093
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay.
CDR On time.
1094 ___
PLT *** Ok%V, stand by for 53:12 for 194 MODE, MANUAL.
Stand by -
SPT Okay.
CDR Looks like we're out over the water now between
Vietnam and Borneo - Viet - Vietnam and Ma -
Malaysia.
348 23 56 54 CDR Okay, 56:51 the CAMERA is ON. And I'm not seeing
very good thunderstorm clouds as yet.
348 23 57 32 PLT MARK. Okay, 190, MODE, AUTO. And stand by for a
mark, Ed. 2, 1-
348 23 58 24 PLT MARK. MODE to RE_dDY. Okay, now I've got a green
TAPE MOTION light after ETC change -
3h8 23 58 57 CDR I'm afraid it's the wrong time of day for thunder-
storms around here. Rather clear.
348 23 59 26 PLT Okay, Ed, stand by for about - I guess it's about
_ 40 seconds.At - on thehour plusi0 seconds, ETC
will be going to STANDBY ; I'll give a call.
###
DAY 349 (AM) 1097
349 00 00 09 PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY. And my 190 READY light did
go out. 190MODE to STANDBY; SHUTTER SImm_D to
MEDUIM; and 08; and IBT_VAL to lO.
PLT Stand by -
349 00 04 45 PLT Be soaking up the 192 data here. *** not either.
We' re in CHECK.
CDR Okay.
CDR Data.
349 00 07 31 PLT And I've got a READY light out at 31. MODE is
going to STANDBY_ SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM; FRAMES
l0 - -
349 O0 07 56 CDR 10.7 RIGHT. Okay, the clouds over the Alice Springs
area were clear to - oh, scattered to broken, I
would Say; most of it was low cumulus. At this
momentI'm looking 45 degrees ahead and we're
coming into overcast conditions now. And I must
be looking very close to the Woomera Test Site
area. And we have scattered - or broken to
overcast clouds; very little ground visible.
PLT Okay.
CC Okay.
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay.
CDR I'll get that out of your way. Got your - your
pins out?
PLT 2.8.
349 00 17 04 CDR All right, I'll take care of these lower ones.
349 O0 17 15 CDR But once you're in it, you're there; you're solid.
Okay, these three down are all 2.8.
CDR You don't need any DAC for this, right? I don't
see any on my pad. I'll Just - oh, yes, here's
DAC, ON at 23:11.
CDR Yes.
CDR Yes.
CDR It Just says, "Set the VTS such that the Earth
appears like figure A."
CDR Uh-huh.
ii0 5
PLT Not going that way. That's what I'm doing over
here. 23minutes will be EREP, START.
349 00 26 08 CDR MARK. 26:09, I was a little late with that one.
349 00 28 17 CDR I've got one more shot at 32:09, here. Oh,
another shot after that, at 32:59. Oh, boy!
Okay, ground, I messed up. I've given you all
that first data with a - with a MAGNIFICATION in
MINIMUM. Doggone it.
PLT Jer, I should have got the hint there when you
said that thing was slanted so much. Because mine
- you know, it's - when you - when you go in MAX,
it doesn't - it reduces that effect a little bit.
PLT Yes.
CDR 32 :09.
PLT 32:43.
CDR Repointing.
CDR Yes.
PLT Yes.
CDR Okay. 36:05 and this data is DAC only. The VTS
is pointing 3 UP, and zero RIGHT/LEFT.
PLT Yes,
PLT 39:00.
PLT Okay, get the post card out. If you'll pardon the
expression.
CDR Yes.
PLT (Laughter)
349 00 40 45 CDR Okay, I'm running the camera for its l0 seconds.
TIME SKIP
349 01 39 20 SPT SPT at 10:40. VTR information for ATM was re-
corded between 01:35 and 013 - Ol:h0, mission
day 349.
TIME SKIP
349 02 29 20 SPT SPT at 02:30. This is the last ATM pass of the
day. Building block IA and IB went as specified,
no problem. At the conclusion of that I went
over to take a look at the east limb, and sure
enoughthere waswhat appearedto be a surge.
I had no past history on it, so I did not know
how long it had been surging, whether it was on
the decline or- or rise. I rolled tangent. As
I rolled, 55 scanned parallel to the limb with
the H-alpha 1 crosshair Just slightly below the
limb. Did two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS; truncated
at 13 lines - line 13 there, GRATING of 0000.
349 02 31 28 SPT Now in the XUV monitor, I now see that the brighten- _
ing on the limb has boeken into two distinct
sections. One is still the limb brightening and
the other is an active region which is down at
about 240, 250 at 0.9. Then there's one slightly
a bit above that msybe two very, very - relatively
small though - getting a 280 at 0.8. And the ESR
which I mentioned. And lastly active region 96.
349 02 32 59 SPT I see we're calling that one at 250, 0.9 - I think
it is 90 - active region 97, although I don't
believe it was - is really that far - close to the
center of the disk. It looks more like 0.8 and
this is towards end of the day also, 0.8, 0.85,
possible 0.9.
1113
TIME SKIP
349 03 27 17 SPT The colors again were pretty much as we've seen
them before. The uniform across the ocean wherein
we see plankton bloom is a light green, somewhere
around 8 or 9. And I don_t recall the exact geom-
etry. Stand by.
349 03 30 54 SPT Next handheld photos were also CXl7, taken 349,
00:15 GMT to 00:17. Frame numbers 61, 62, and 63,
f/ll, 100-millimeters, 1/250 of a second.
349 03 36 ll SPT Now I'm taking easy rangelands; we don't have any
further briefing.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
349 14 46 41 CDR And I Just did not account for any time required,
any extra time required, to locate this prominence
for J0P 4 Alfa. Just took a little bit of extra
time to go up and locate it, mske sure I was in
the right prominence, to get some maximizing of
DETECTOR 3 for the Lyman beta. And I Just ended
up using a lot more time getting pointed than I
really had calculated.
349 14 48 18 CDR The S055 data. What I did there to truncate was -
the first GRATING, AUTO SCAN, DETECTOR 1/2, w_s at
a MIRROR POSITION of 1032. So rather than repeat
it, I just dropped the second one and did a 1031
and a 1030. So you got one of each, and that takes
care of it. So it looks like the only people who
got shortchanged were the S082 people, S082B. I
wish I could've gotten started and got your data.
It only would have taken an extra - probably
h minutes. But I Just didn't get pointed quick
enough.
349 14 50 07 CDR And that was about the size of that. The XUV M0N -
I did not get much chance to look at that. I was
busy doing other things and trying to do the TV
downlink and all that, and missed it. We seem to
be having trouble _rith this particular roll of
Polaroid film. I tried four times to get a good
white light coronograph picture. And the film has
got a - a one - about a one-third of it in each
frame is - is brown, unexposed, and the other two-
thirds is the white light coronagraph. So maybe
i118
349 14 59 37 SPT The width of this was about the - half the width
of Peninsula Valdes, or Valdes, V-a-l-d-e-s, and
that puts it at around, oh, 30 miles. Now the
current itself, or the plankton bloom, the upwell-
ing - First of all, the - the general appearance
was of a long sinu - sinuous element extending
all the way along the coastline. However, what -
what was much more pronouncedvisually today than
I have noticed before is that this was all one
element; that is, one - one single element with
a few appendages coming off of it, which came off
in a slight angle between a major one running
along the coastline. They tended to extend off
on either side, maybe at an angle of 20 to 40 de-
grees and running further to the south as they
went off. These maybe a factor of 2 or 3 sm_ller
in width and gradually faded off. It was a width
or a length-diameter ratio, then again, I'm just
guessing from memory, of around l0 to 20. Now
these appeared every once in a while along the -
along the major structure of the bloom.
349 15 03 08 SPT Again what impressed me the most was the fact that
this extended all the way along the coastline.
It did not look like a random occurrence at all.
It certainly - the Falkland Current tended to
cause this up_-elling at a uniform distance along
the coastline. An attempt to follow some larger
- some of the larger structures in the coastline;
for example going farther south, we have Golfo _
San Jorge, G-o-l-f-o S-a-n G-o-r-g-e [sic], and
it tended to bow in there a bit. And then it went
underneath clouds from there on.
PLT ...
349 15 Oh 30 SPT We'll get another look at it the next time around.
Okay, let me move on to another observation which
was made immediately after that. And let me
quote a photograph number for it first. This was
CX17, day 349, taken at 14:23, l0 minutes after
this previous one. Frame numbers 78, 79, and 80;
f/16, 100-millimeter, and 1/250 of a second. These
were taken of a island wake in - which showed up
in the stratus clouds, not cumulus, but primarily
stratus-type clouds in that area. What was most
impressive about this was the large extent of a
wake in the clouds, exceptionally large extent.
The location of the island, which I did not spe-
cifically see, I figured to be at 4 west and
i121
TIME SKIP
349 16 13 27 SPT This time we went over the Golfo San Jorge, which
is again, G-o-l-f-o S-a-n J-o-r-g-e. We were able
to look north and see the very strongly defined,
relatively narrow linear element of plankton
bloom. Again this was a very sharp contrast the -
the numbers which I've given before are approxi-
mately the same; it's a bright green against a
relativelymediumblue - dark to medium blue. The
numbers I gave on the Forel scale still hold. As
I recall, the green was a 8 or a 9. I though it
was again, a lime green which I don't really see
on that scale.
349 16 14 44 SPT It came down the coastline toward the gulf, and
was very well defined. This time I saw the
streamers which were coming off of it, if you will,
protruding to the south. And in most all of them,
I'd say 90 percent of them or so - which were nu-
merous - were streaming off to the west - I'm
sorry, to the east, that is to the - further away
i123
349 16 16 57 SPT Apparently the current turns and goes out to sea
there and this could possibly be the cause - sweep-
ing it out. The colors were such that the contrast
was very much lower; that is, I could see a deep
ocean blue with a - with a relatively lighter
color ocean water has a bright green to it. Hold
on, let me get the Forel scale and I'll try to give
you some numbers.
TIME SKIP
3h9 17 5h 02 SPT And there was no arch filaments that I could detect.
And no spots evident in the white light display.
So I did a shopping list item 2 there, just for more
of a synoptic observation. Then moved on to
prominence 55 and I'm motivated by going over there
to try to catch some surges. And also it Just
seems to be where most of the activity was occurring
which was well worth watching. Went over to P55.
Rolled 82B SLIT tangent to the limb. Did essen-
tially a shopping list ll, except for a small
modification which I'll mentionhere.
TIME SKIP
349 19 28 41 SPT By the time we got scan the second time, we were
below 400 K. The interesting surges - There are
two large masses of material eJected with no
material reaching up from below that was evident.
And it appeared to be moving at a fairly high rate
of around 1 arc minute - or a half an arc minute
per minute.
349 19 hO 38 PLT **_ PLT. Time is 19:40. Reporting the rate gyro
package temperature: X-5 is 108 degrees ; X-6 is
105 degrees; Y-5 is 105 degrees; Y-6 is 96 degrees,
that's 96; Zulu 5 is 108; Zulu 6 is 105.
TIME SKIP
349 20 25 50 PLT The legbands are Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec,
left and right respectively.
TIME SKIP
349 21 01 56 CDR I let it go for two - two RASTER counts and re-
started the PATROL, SHORT after the first RASTER
SCAN there. I guess it's raster JOP. And did the
same thing at 08 to go as well.
349 21 0h 05 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 with a message for the
food people and the FAO. Has to do with providing
time for the food and the inventory. First of all,
we have so far completed one locker, front and
rear, which is 61 - 561 I believe it is - yes.
And we have Just about completed the front - the
front pallet in locker 562. I think that we're
wasting a lot of time messing around with the food
canisters in these pallets because we know that
the SL-3 crew, or at least we have their assurance,
that they did not get any of the food; they were
only into the beverages. Most of the beverage cans
that have been gotten into by the previous crew
were either marked or it was obvious from the
way the tape or lack of tape was arranged on the
can that it had been gotten into.
349 21 05 l0 CDR I would suggest that we could cut down our workload
by about half, by not inventorying any further any
of the food cans in lockers 562 and 563. Further,
all - I wanted to point out to the food people that
all of the overage food has now been gathered by
food type and put into our pantry, which consists
of locker 550, 51, 52, and 53, I believe it is.
1130 _-_
3h9 21 06 13 CDR Ed and I have devoted all the time assigned today
to that Job and only gotten through one locker and
a half, which I think is a rather unproductive way
to spend our time. I've already mentioned how I
think we can cut that time down - by skipping the
food cans. That Just about covers the - the food
thing. I think we're going to need some more time
for that. The checklist changes, I got about half
of them done. I think you're going to have to
schedule - this is for the FAO - you're going to
have to schedule me another period of time, I
should think that at least a half hour to three-
quarters of an hour, for more checklist changes.
3h9 21 19 59 SPT SPT at 21:20; total work on M093, 292, that's 292.
1131
349 21 31 01 PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass which was executed earlier
today, I forget the exact time. I want to make a
few con_nents on the way that the shopping list
item- items ii and 12 were completed because I
didn't get around to finishing 13. The shopping
list item 1 was completed - constructed early, so
what I - I did a second PATROL, SHORT. Item ll -
shopping list item ll was done as had requested.
349 21 31 50 PLT Let's see; I used SHORT on 82B; the GRATING, AUTO
SCAN was done on line 20. I was getting counts in
the 100 units for in - in the - the hundredths
place, so I used line 20 and position 30. And now
on the second SCAN I got my maximum reading at 21.
And - let's see, instead of doing another PATROL,
NORMAL - PATROL, SHORT, I did a SINGLE FRAME, 2,
LONG, and a SINGLE FRAME, 4 LONG; SINGLE FRAME, 2,
5 minutes; SINGLE FRAME, 4, 3-1/2 minutes. Then
on the third slit position, on the OFFSET position,
the GRATING, AUTO SCAN was done on line 23, which
was a much weaker indication on GRATING - or on
DETECTOR 3.
TIME SKIP
i132
3h9 22 13 37 SPT Okay, SPT again on H-30, plankton blooms off the
coast of New Zealand. First of all, let me say,
there was a small amount of evidence of plankton
blooms fairly close to the coastline. I could
see on the east side of North Island what appeared
to be very small blooms, although they pretty much
ran along the shoreline. I suspect that the dis-
coloration there was due to something else.
However, I will describe it. It's - was just a
very thin line, maybe 1/20 or so of the width of
the island. It ran along the coastline.
SPT The Forel scale for the - for the upwelling was
about a 7 or an 8. Again, it was a dark, dirty
green, as opposed to a light lime green. This
contrast was not very great. Both the blue and
the green were both dark dirty colors, if you will,
as opposed to the bright contrast we've seen off
the coastline in South America with the Falkland
Current. Here the blooming - the color anyway,
was very much more subdued; contrast much lower.
i133
349 22 18 52 SPT When I looked back into the map showing the major
currents of the world, I see that there is some
flow going through between the north and the
south, which does fit.
SPT - - 21:58 to 21 - -
CC Bill, ...
349 22 24 00 SPT Okay, again now, buried in those photos are some
photos of North Island, which I have found from
Jerry have been extensively covered already.
Unfortunately, I did not know that, and I buried
quite a few photographs in there of the North
Island. I also had some of the - one fairly
oblique of the South Island, but it was looking
straight down the Alpine Fault, that's A-l-p-i-n-e.
And I thought it was a very good picture showing
that fault. I did not have time to notice the
slippage of - of one side relative to another,
and try to determine exactly what type of fault
it was or - or fault coming in from the side.
TIME SKIP
349 23 33 20 PLT DATA MARK. Yawing left 180. Very little coupling.
Here, he's stopping the roll left. Got just a
little - yaw left - got Just a little roll left
when he started to kill the yaw. Pitching up 90.
Okay, he's getting ... stopping the pitch.
Developed just a little left yaw. Yaw right 90
coming up. He's getting ready to kill it now.
There he goes. He had to put on a little minus
Z there. Okay, he had to put in some minus Z
to move himself out. He was drifting slowly over
toward higher sensor control panel. Roll left 90.
349 23 35 13 PLT DATA MARK. He's got a little translation but it's
left over from what he put in prior to this maneuver
to keep him away from the dome lockers. Okay,
DIRECT coming up now.
349 23 37 42 PLT DATA MARK. And that was pretty clean maneuvering.
He's ended up with a slight plus X translation.
1137
349 23 40 23 PLT DATA MARK. And he's killing off that plus X; looks
pretty clean. Minus Y coming up. Minus Y. Okay,
when he killed off that minus Y he got a - a
little roll in the ...
349 23 42 58 PLT Okay he's now at the banjo. He's yawing back
around. He'll be flying to the donning station
shortly. And that was in the RATE GYRO MODE. Now
he's getting ready to fly to the donning station.
No, he's going to MODE, DIRECT now. There's a
good one - thruster toward the donning station.
He forgot to give a data mark before he thrusted.
He'll be giving a data mark midway here.
PLT Okay -
350 00 00 04 PLT He's got a little roll left, coupled with a right
yaw. Starting second baseline in DIRECT. Okay,
he's up to banjo. It sounds llke he's doing a
little more thrusting this time, and I'm sure it's
because he's using added thruster gas for attitude
as opposed to CMG on the last one.
350 O0 03 06 PLT DATA MARK .... Now headed for position 3. Really
a lot of aerosol.
350 00 36 42 CDR What I was doing really was reading the nitrogen
pressure. So we quickly change - changed batter-
ies. We went to the battery change procedures and
changed batteries to see if that would help us.
And I hadn't gotten smart yet. I still looked at
the wrong needle and said, "No, we're still only
at 22." And by that time, the CMGs had run down
some. By the time we figured out what was going
on and that I was really reading the wrong and
th - wrong meter and that everything was okay, we
went back to EXTERNAL POWER and had to wait until
the CMGs wound up again. Okay, once we got the
CMGs wound up again, we went back on the battery.
And then we went through the rest of the procedure
without too much problem. We undocked, did the
checkout, single-axis cals, transfers, baselines ;
and by that time, we were running out of time.
ll_l
350 00 38 h6 CDR At any rate, we changed the PSS at the time speci-
fied. We ju - elected to let the battery go one
more time. We shut down on the battery Just
slightly above 26 volts, so it was in good shape.
All right, now let me find the debriefing pages.
350 00 44 09 CDR In the single axis cal, DIRECT MODE, did you notice
attitude rates increase or attitude change about
an axis other than the axis commanded? Well, I'll
i143
CDR And - and question 9: Did you notice any leg lag?
That is affirmative. I did notice leg lag during
rotation and translation cnmmand. I kind of wish-
ed I'd had a - a thing to put my feet in, because
I felt like the leg lag was causing, or had the
potential anyway of causing problems with the
purity of translation command.
350 00 45 01 CDR Did you inadvertently contact the 0WS? If so, how
often? Yes, I did once while coming down from -
from the D-432 area - that's position number 4
going to position 5 - correction, going to po -
Let me think about this. I did it - yes, going
from position4 to position5. I tappedthe food
locker 550 with m_ toe, but it was a very gentle
taD, and it wasn't too - too much. It was in the
DIRECT MODE that I hit it.
TIME SKIP
350 Ol 30 31 SPT I've noticed that over the ocean they fade quite
a bit and they - wherever their stratus were, that
you Just seem to find them embedded in there some-
where. This particular field was very uniform on
both 101 and 100 and 102. There is one other
particular feature on lO0 which put - prompted me
to take it, but the subsequent photo which came
up, I have - caused me to forget that particular
feature. And I'm sure when I look at that picture
again, I'll be able to recall it. 101 was taken
of the same type of cloud only with a much larger
wave pattern superimposed on it. The wave pattern
here was maybe a factor of l0 to 20 larger than
the sub - than the other one; that is, of the
plowed clouds, I'll call them.
T llvL_SKIP
TIME SKIP
350 Oh 3h 07 CDR This is the CDR again, continuing on with the New
Zealand discussion. The target is HHI07. I
guess the reason why I couldn't see the dunite
zones or anything like that is the fact that
they're looking for the low Sun angle for the
fault lines and the high Stun angle for the dunite
zones. And I'm afraid I Just couldn't see the
dunite zones at all. I took three photos with
a Hasselblad i00. I couldn't resist that because
this is probably the most cloud-free that I've
ever seen New Zealand. The exposures I took
are nnmher 10h through 106 on Charlie X-ray 17.
And the f/stop was ii, and shutter speed was
1/250.
TIME SKIP
350 12 02 03 SPT SPT at 12:02. PRD readings: 42402, 23219, 38386. --_
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
1149
350 13 38 32 CDR Stand by just a second; I'm going to get out that
current chart and try to be a little more specific.
350 13 42 00 CDR But at any rate, the main point here is that the -
that the joining of these two currents apparently
has shifted south from Montevideo several hundred
miles. And it's - I'm wondering just how rapidly
this shifting can occur, or whether that - we're -
all we're seeing is Just a manifestation of some -
some eddies that - that occur because of this -
the drifting of these two - the merging of these
two currents and if these eddies could pop up plus
or minus a couple of hundred miles from the - the
area that's sketched in our current drawing here.
350 13 42 39 CDR At any rate, the - the blooming and the upwelling
in the currents are extremly easy to see. This
appears to be the easiest place that we have seen
anywhere in the world to see where upwelling and -
or upblooming [sic] of - of the chlorophyll and
all that and the pl_nkton and the green - the light
green - this is the most prominent area right here.
350 lh 03 37 PLT But one of the things that really bothers you is
that you have to remain in a crouch position in
order to take these observations. This requires
continual muscle tension in the abdomen. So what
we've got here is a problem that not only is the
hardware not - not optimally designed or - Act-
ually, it's sort of poorly designed. I don't mean
to be critical; I'm Just saying it doesn't work
right. It doesn't work smoothly, it's not easy
to see what's going on, this ring track is lousy -
But that'sbeside the point. It does requirean
awful lot of muscle tension to hold yourself in
position. We're coming up on time. Okay, you got
1 minute to go. Let me make sure I've got every-
thing working here. Here's the ring. Tighten
that just a little bit. There, that's good. All
of a sudden I've lost everything. Okay, 15 seconds.
Okay, there's the horizon. Stand by. Okay, 64.
350 14 09 01 PLT MARK. I can't even find the dang button to start
the timer. It' s black on black. There' s nothing
here to help the operator. And, in fact, it looks
like there's somebody who went out of their way to
make it hard. And really can't be too critical of
hardware like this, because if you really want good
data, you ought to make it so an idiot could work
it and then maybe we could do it. But I think I'm
getting the data you want. There's the old horizon
in there. That should be closing. Come on there.
There we go. Okay, we got about a minute; let me
check the focus here. There we go, looks good.
Okay, we're standing by now for 14:11. Ah, I seem
to be losing my night adaptation to - in order to
get the ... Okay. Okay, let's see if we can't
fire at ii, 13, 15. Okay, here we go.
350 lh 20 33 PLT The only way I can keep this thing ... - Here we
go. All right, I'm going to fiddle with ROTATION
and see if I can get a little bit better picture
here. Well, that's at the different part of the
horizon; so I'll leave that and try the TILT. Okay,
there was our problem. Our TILT was way off. Okay,
maybe this will be all right, too. Okay, at 21, I
got 1 more minute. Seems to me we're 90 degrees
out of phase for using the tracking mechanism. And
I've been trying my best to keep this thing on the
horizon, and it looks like to me that the horizon
llS_
CDR In a while.
CDR ...
350 lh 28 42 PLT Okay, that was 28. Now you need another one at 30.
Okay, I think that - probably could still get rea-
sonable photographs. I'm going to try something
else here. Okay. There we go. I - I Just noticed
that I - I wasn't horizontal across the frame. It
still had good - good airglow, but it's going to
be - it was diagonal. And now I've got it rotated
around. It's just not obvious, you know, when
you're looking in here, because I don't have a
reticle. The thing was changing. Now I'm Just
line - just lining it up while I'm looking at the
camera case.
350 l_ 29 39 PLT Better watch my time here. Okay, coming upon 30.
I guess in a couple more times, I ought to be pret-
ty good at it. Standby -
350 14 30 00 PLT MARK. Well, sorry about that, but, boy, I tell
you. When you Just don't train on something like
this - all you do is go and look at the hardware
on a bench - why, first time through, it's just
different - Or not different; it's Just foreign.
Never done it before. Stand by -
i156
350 14 33 27 PLT I'Ii tell you one thing that you did here that
really helps. And that's to put everything on
an even minute and space it like you did. Boy,
I tell you, you can't - you can't overemphasize
how much help that is. Like you started there,
you would go on odd minutes there for a while;
and then at the exposure-duration change - Make
sure I don't screw everything up. Okay, got anoth-
er I'm coming to in lO seconds here. I'll make
my comment then. Stand by -
350 14 hl 28 CDR This is the CDR at 14:40 Zulu, debriefing the $233
camera operations this morning. The first frame
that was taken was snapped on time; however, the
shutter closed again _mediately. I suspect that
maybe I did not push the button hard enough on the
remote cable. I verified the setting was bulb,
and recocked the camera and started another expo-
sure at 17:40 - 14:32:17. Got that exposure
complete and refocused and cocked the camera and
got the flare - correction, the comet-rise at
14:33:56.
350 lh 42 17 CDR And the third exposure was started at - let's see,
it'd be 14 - 14:36:15, terminated at 14:37:15.
And sunrise came 45 seconds later; that is, the
Sun edge peeked over the horizon, the inner horizon,
at that instant. For 30 seconds before the Sun
peeked over the horizon, the light coming through
the STS window number 3 was bright enough to read
a wristwatch without any aid from the flo - phos-
phorescence of the dial or anything like that.
So it lookslikeour exposures now are finishing
well enough before sunrise. And your fi,rst
exposure, of course, is getting the comet completely
in - in the airglow.
350 14 43 21 CDR The comet today is very easily seen with the naked
eye, and the tail itself can be seen with the
naked eye. Looking through the binoculars, the
comet from head to tail takes up three-quarters of
the field of view of the binoculars. See, these
binoculars are - I don't know if you heard all
that ; the mike was kind of away from my mouth. I
said the - the comet takes up the full - three-
quarters of the full field of view of the binoculars.
That is, I put the head of the comet on one edge
of the field of view, and the end of the tail, as
far as I could see, was about three-quarters of
the way across the diameter of the binoculars.
I'm not sure that any other method of - of measur-
ing the distance is valuable at all. I'm looking
here to see if I can't figure out what the power
is of these binoculars. I guess the best thing
to do would be to get a set down there and Just
check them out and see what the field of view is.
1158
350 14 46 _0 PLT This is the PLT with further comment on S063 ops,
AO - Alfa Oscar Papa. In reflection back over
that, I think I really came up on a training curve
on the experiment on this part - particular obser-
vational sequence. However, I still have _ couple
of questions. First, to reassure anyone that's
wondering, I did remove the battery from the timer
and taped it to the cable. And I told Ed about
it. So we will be removing the batteries from
the timer each - at the end of each sequence to
preserve the timer batteries. A question_ for the
FIs, and that is this. The field of view we have
through the sight is truncated by, I think, the
SAL case, or the configuration of the S019 mirror.
In other words, I assumed, perhaps improperly,
that my field of view was truncated, but that the
camera's was not. In other words, the camera was
looking straight on to Karl's mirror, but I was
not seeing all - I was not looking down the optical
axis of the mirror, so I was seeing a truncated
view.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
350 16 53 18 PLT Okay, PLT. I've checked my map, and that position
was approximately 40 degrees west longitude and
about 48 degrees south latitude. And it's, oh,
about several hundred miles to the east of
Falkland Islands.
TIME SKIP
SPT ...
SPT ...
350 17 46 56 PLT MARK. And OFF. Okay, let's see. We want TILT
to zero first. And ROTATION to zero. And both
of them are locked. Okay, here we are now.
Retract .... before I close the door. Okay,
terminating recording of S201.
TIME SKIP
350 20 19 31 CDR And then the next - the next one, at an OFFSET
of zero, I had at a GRATING of 10h2. And then I
got ahead of schedule. I also got to feeling
uneasy about the grating, and I said, "Well, I've
got the time; so I'm going to resync the GRATING
around the MECHANICAL REFERENCE and make sure
I'm not messing things up." So for the third
building block 10, at an OFFSET of plus 2, I had
gone ahead and synced it - run it clear to the
end in MECHANICAL REF and then up to 1761. I'm
pretty sure the data's good. But I Just had that
uneasy feeling, and I had a little time to spare;
so I decided to go ahead and do it.
i166
CDR I don't know how much of the PMEC was South Atlantic
anomaly and how much of it was the flare. I looked
at the flare cue card. We were set up for a slew
to flare; so I hightailed it off in that direction.
I bungled in that I did not get 54 going, nor 82A.
And the reason why is 54 was running in 256. Now
it says at the beginning of this activity period
to configure 54 for SL-31. But down here in
JOP 6, step 2, there is no mention of omitting 54,
so I had the doggone thing set up in SINGLE, 256
instead of HIGH, 64. So I figured, at that time,
I'd already had it anyway; so I might as well slew
to the flare.
350 20 25 05 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, getting back to my de-
briefing on the flare. Essentially what happened -
and I'll review it very briefly - and that is that
I did not fire up 54 and 82. And the reason I didn't
fire those - fire 54 was a good reason, because
it wasn't set up properly. And I thought - since I
only had 8 minutes left - the best thing I could do
would be to slew to the flare quickly, and I
bungled that by slewing to it with H-alpha 2.
Partially recovered because $055 was on line 25.
I got 82A going, 56 going, and 54 late. And it
had already - the flare had already started
pooping out by then. We got out of the South
Atlantic anomaly, and the PMEC was starting to fall
fast. And we were down below the flare threshold
in no time at all. The whole thing was very quick.
TIME SKIP
350 22 ii 28 CDR This is the CDR at 22:11 Zulu with S019 operations.
The first exposure will start at 22.160 The SAL
is OPEN. The mirror is EXTENDED. I have a
SPT ...
SPT ...
350 22 18 07 CDR 2 minutes and 5 seconds are gone. But I'll tell
you, I'm just not positive that's Betelgeuse be-
cause my impression of Betelgeuse is it's much
brighter than that. And I don't see enough of the
other stars here to be able to recognize Betelgeuse.
SPT ...
350 22 23 55 CDR MARK. Am closing the FILM HATCH, and the FILM
HATCH was closed 2 seconds before sunrise.
We're now in STOWAGE. Frame 22 was Kohoutek.
And I'm sorry about that - not widening that dog-
gone thing. I Just got too busy looking, to
check the crosshairs for you. Okay, I'm going
to set the ROTATION and TILT to zero and get the
mirror in.
TIME SKIP
i171
350 23 20 02 PLT This is now PLT, debriefing the ATM pass started
at 22:_3, approximately. Nu Z update performed as
scheduled. Did J0P 19, step l, building block 35
substituting for 3_. Everything went reasonably
well. I misunderstood one line - Truncate at 2-TR
at the bottom. I thought it meant two rasters. -.
I only give 55 two RASTERs and two GRATING POSI-
TIONs. I don't know what that means, but I'm
pretty sure did not apply to 55. Next time I
wonlt do that. Everything else was performed.
I got the 1-minute exposure - WAVE, LONG, 82A;
52, NODE,CONTINUOUS. No problem. I did - I
think - three sequences of 54, and I got a total
of 20 exposures, 56 - 5 through 6 in - No, not
20; ll - six SINGLE FRAME 2, LONG and five
SINGLE _ 4, LONG. I watched the 99, the
active region that popped on the last orbit,
and in - in fact, it sort of died down. The
activity is less now than it was when I first
came on console, and it is just not as near as
bright in XUV. In fact, it's disappeared from
the persistence image scope now, though it still
shows up in H-alpha 2.
###
DAY 351 (AM) 1173
351 O0 23 53 SPT SPT at O0:e3. Handheld photos 153 and 146-13 the
drought area in Australia, a ... at Gulf of
Carpentaria.
351 00 2h 48 SPT The one thing I certainly was looking for is this -
in the ob - these observations was any water or any
vegetation. And was fairly open sky, maybe lO
to 20 percent cloud cover. There was only one
location where I saw any vegetation and that was
right by the mouth of the river by Darwin. It
ran up the - up back past the mouth of the river
up the - on either side of the river bank. I
would estimate up to, say, Pine Creek. Other than
that, I could see no signs of vegetation. The land
looked pretty barren. In some spots, it was Just
plain open rock. Looked as though it had been wind -
wind eroded a fair amount. I could see no - no
small lakes. It was certainly a rather depressing
sight, knowing how much they are really in need
of water in that location.
351 00 28 37 SPT The waves which existed over the open B6nard
cells also were evident to a small - to a
mucher [sic] degree over in the closed.
351 00 29 01 SPT Oh, SPT back in again. I should add to that- this
last observation of the weather that for, I'd say,
a period of 500 miles or so - that these types of
clouds existed open, closed, and to some degree,
some stacking up of them in the manner I just
described. Oh, I think what I - photo I got was
probably - The photos I got were probably the best
illustrations in the area.
TIME SKIP
351 02 55 39 CC For the SPT or the PLT, I've got a question I'd
like to ask you about ILCA.
351 02 56 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on SO19. It's 03:56 [sic]
right now. We're in our positions. I believe
I have Aldebaran in sight. It's very close
to being in the proper position. It is, at the
moment - -
SPT ...
CC ...
CDR Now I'm going to the TILT and ROTATION for Spica.
351 02 58 04 CDR All right. Spica's way over to the right. That's
ab - RIGHT, 6; and DOWN, i. I'll try to work it
back over to where it belongs.
351 03 01 5h CDR hO percent has gone by and it's now 04:02 [sic].
CDR Okay -
351 03 05 09 CDR Okay, TILT and ROTATION are out. I'm going to
retract the mirror now.
TIME SKIP
351 05 03 53 CDR This is the CDR at 05:03 Zulu with the results of
limb volume measurements and body measurements.
PLT - this is mission day 31, day of the year 350:
Limb volume - left arm, 17.2, 16.7, 17.8, 18.8,
20.7, 22.8, 24.5, 25.5, 26.2, 26.3, 25.8, 24.5,
24.7, 26.0, 26.4, 26.9, 27.7, 28.1, 29.6; right
arm, 17.6, 16.6, 16.8, 18.0, i -20.1, 22.9, 25.5,
26.6, 27.8, 28.0, 27.5, 26.8, 26.0, 26.8, 26.9,
27.4, 28.26, 29.0, 29.5. That's 19 positions on
each arm. Left leg, 25 positions: 20.2, 20.2,
21.2, 23.3, 25.5, 27.9, 29.9, 32.6, 34.0, 33.1,
31.0, 31.3, 32.6, 35.0, 34.6, 34.3, 37.5, 38.6,
42.2, 45.7, 46.8, 48.5, 49.8, 4 - 5o.7, 5o.4;
right leg, 21.6, 20.2, 20.4, 22.5, 24.6, 27.6,
29.4, 31.1, 35 - correction, 33.5, that was
number 9; number l0 is 33.5, 33.0 31.2, 32.5
34.5, 34.2, 33.7, 36.2, 38.1, 42.8, 45.1, 47.1,
47.9, 48.6, 49.9, 50.0. Neck measurements, 35.3;
chest inspired, 97.0; expired, 92.5; waist, 71.0;
hips, 81.9 ; center of mass, 22.9 centimeters.
351 05 06 36 CDR Next subject is the CDR, mission day 31: Limb
volume - left arm, 16.1, 15.7, 17.1, 18.5, 20.7,
22.4, 24.3, 25.4, 25.6, 25.6, 25.6, 24.0, 24.3,
25.8, 26.0, 26.6, 27.0, 27.0, 28.5. That's
19 positions. Now the right arm, 17.8, 16.6, 17.0,
18.4, 21.5, 22.6, 24.5, 25.5, 26.4, 26.8, 26.5,
25.0, 24.5, 25.8, 26.9, 27.5, 27.7, 27.3, 29.4.
That's 19 positions. Now we go to the legs with
25 positions each. Left leg, 20.4, 19.8, 20.5,
22.3, 24.1, 26.3, 28.2, 31.8, 32.4, 31.7, 30.2,
30.6, 31.6, 33.4, 34.1, 33.8, 34.8, 36.8, 40.2,
42.0, 44.8, 47.2, 48.9, 50.6, 51.0; right leg,
21.2, 20.0, 20.4, 21.8, 23.9, 25.7, 29.5, 32.0,
33.8, 32.5, 31.4, 30.7, 32.0, 34.2, 34.8, 34.6,
35.0, 36.2, 39.4, 41.2, 44.3, 47.5, 50.0, 51.2,
52.0. Neck, 37.5 - correct that, 37.5; chest
inspired, 101.2; expired, 94.0; waist, 79.6; hips,
87.5; center of mass, 22.9.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
II8G
TIME SKIP
351 15 32 51 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 15:33 Zulu debriefing the
$233 pass this morning. The first exposure was
taken at 15:25 on time, for 60 seconds and 15-foot
focus. The second exposure was taken at 26:19
with a 120-second exposure, with an infinite focus.
And the third one was taken immediately after that.
These were frames 7, 8, 9, and lO - I guess they
would be.
351 15 33 31 CDR We've shot six frames yesterday and three frames
this morning. Looks to me like maybe the next
day or so the comet is going to be occulted by
the strut that's out in the area there, and after
about tomorrow we'll be unable to take any pictures.
It'sgetting veryclose.
TIME SKIP
SPT ...
351 16 59 42 PLT MARK. Okay on filter A-1. Okay and filter A-l's
at zero, 3 seconds starting at 17:00. Stand by -
SPT ...
351 17 03 57 PLT MARK. Take the filter out and see if I can see it.
I can't see a doggone thing. It's light. Okay,
I finished them on time.
F_ 351 17 09 34 CDR Okay, let me get this straight. That means tomorrow
morning we will be getting up 2 hours earlier and
staying up until normal bedtime. Next day, we'll
be able to sleep in?
351 17 10 15 CDR Okay, and we'll just have you owe us one.
CDR Roger.
1184
351 17 12 17 PLT Ed, are you recording, or did I leave the recorder
on?
351 17 13 07 SPT The region above 00 is now full with corona again,
although I do not see - There's a couple of small
streamers imbedded in there, but no real major
features, other than Just a general enhancement
of the corona in the picture I have out to around
2-1/2 solar radii, contrasting yesterday where
that area of the region appeared to be depleted.
That area of the corona over on the west limb,
in the area between 3 and 3:30, it looks now like -
essentially, just a band running with the same
... but about lO degrees wider. So just running
straight out. It's not a helmet-type streamer,
but Just a band of corona which has straight sides
running straight out. I imagined this is due to
98 being rotated over - active region 98 being
rotated over to the edge of the disk, and a little
behind now.
351 17 14 54 SPT And 56 did receive two PATROL, SHORTs, and that's
essentially a shopping list item 2 with a MIRROR,
LINE SCAN thrown in. Well it's kind of combined,
if you will, with a building block 24. The end
of the orbit showed that Mother Nature managed to
do it to us again. And with approximately 4 min-
utes remaining, - I say approximate because I had
the maneuver keyed into the DAS and I had the last
maneuver keyed up with no ENTER and I could not
see the time, although I could keep reasonable
good track of when ESS was. That was about 4 min-
utes remaining. Sure enough, along comes a flare
again, and right where we were looking. And I
got to a_m_t that I did not get - I was not look-
ing at the scope at that moment. But the - the
image persistent scope because we had the maneuver
coming up and I was starting to power down for the -
P for the dark side. However, I had 55 running in
MIRROR, LINE SCAN, looking exactly where the flare
was. 56, I gave them another PATROL, SHORT ....
could use some good data on it. The PMEC got up
close to 600. I don't recall the exact value.
And then we got into the atmosphere and it started
to fade out.
TIME SKIP
351 18 09 30 SPT The eddy just to the north of that island - that
is, I could not see any direction - rotation di-
rection. But there was just a thick aggregate of
plankton blooms with some random spirals coming
off of it in various directions. Two or three -
about three or four elements and then some plank-
ton again turning and going to the east.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
351 19 _8 52 SPT About one frame or so, perhaps, one or two frames,
I thought it was best to go ahead - If we can get
anything and - be careful in looking at the data.
I then looked at it with the TV, and I'm unable to
notice anything resembling a transient. And not
knowing exactly what the - what's been blowing off
because it's something I could not see clearly. I
was looking at the whole corona trying to detect
i188
351 19 50 19 SPT Okay, let me go on now with the S054 CHT mal which
just came up. And I'll go through the steps pret-
ty much as written here. Okay, I'm to - ... the
THRESHOLD is set to l; I'm going to COUNTER TEST
and hold. And the array of dots up in the 4 by 4
up there - shows up at the top. And it is - Well,
let me take - there's two circles - three circles,
acutally; a very small one in the center, one me-
dium way out, and one, I believe, which was a
48 arc minute one. And there are lines in between
those circles, and at the top the four - or the
squate 8mray is centered in UP/DOWN on the hori-
zontal line between the outer circle and the middle
circle. A LEFT/RIGHT - it is about two elements -
to the left - that's two elements to the right,
one to two. If we move the array to the right one
to two elements, I think it would be centered in
LEFT/RIGHT also, on that horizontal tic mark.
351 19 52 i0 SPT Okay, now going to 16. Now need to make thres-
hold. Okay, and I'll give you a location now of
the three sides which I can see of the RASTER.
The left-hand side is exactly tangent to the cir-
cle, the outer circle, the 48 arc-minute circle.
The right one is - falls a little bit short. And
I would say that it - Just the distance between
the intermediate circle and the outer circle is
about 80 to 85 percent from that distance out.
So it's not far from the outer circle but maybe
80 percent, and I guess a few - few scan widths.
Now in UP/DOWN there's a problem, and there it
starts at the very top all the way, and only comes
down to the horizontal tic mark between the bot-
tom of the square box and the intermediate circle.
That is, in moving out from the center downward,
we have a small circle, a box, and a tic mark.
It makes it down to the tic mark.
i189
351 19 53 52 SPT I should report that I did notice this once, oh,
about a week ago or so. And it was in - was work-
ing properly, and - and I guess I should have re-
ported then, although through an oversight, being
I was working and concentrating on the observations,
I did not. And then we Just noticed, when I called
down the other da_, that it had gone back into %his
mode of operation. It is degraded, but I do not
think that it is that serious a degradation, unless
we start having two or three active regions on the
disk at opposite sides which are about - which
very potentially could flare. And we use this as
the - as the breakpoint for determining which one
is really going. Right now we use the XUV monitor
with the specific image scope and H-alpha. Granted,
this is a larger field of view; it would help a
little in that sense, but I don't feel that we're
that greatly handicapped by this malfunction or
anything else .... to restore it, I'd be most
happy.
TIMESKIP
351 21 ii 51 SPT Towards the end of the orbit, I found that the
oxygen VI was fluctuating very - fairly greatly.
I was at about 20,000 and I went up to 20 - or
30,000, 35,000. Then I had to do a little reposi-
tion to make sure I was on the maximum. This led
me to think there might be something coming up in
central - or in the South Atlantic anomaly. I
couldn't really see. So rather than going back
to Sun center again and picking up that last
shopping list item l, I stayed where I was, hoping
that I'd be able to catch a - a flare rise, but
unfortunately nothing developed.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
351 22 21 26 CDR And the water around the Chatham Islands looked
pretty much normal for that area. I did not see
any blooming or anything like that anywhere in
the area indicating current or upwelling or any-
thing like that. But I did think that this parti-
cular straight line of demarcation was rather
peculiar. I probably should have taken a picture
of it, but i didn't. I - I spent more time looking
at the patterns rather than taking a picture.
###
f_
DAY 352 (AM) 1195
352 OO 29 06 SPT SPT at 00:29; ATM pass which began at 23:16. Went
through building block 28, J0P 6 ; no problem. TV
downlink. We went over and looked at the promi-
nence, A-69, and it certainly is a goodie. Very
entensive; it covers a - Well, I'm sure you folks
on the ground know. I think you can see that H-
alpha by now, I imagine. But it certainly is very
extensive, extending at the top, perhaps, maybe
3 arc minutes out. I cannot see the top on H-alpha,
though I can certainly see the seat of it, and I
would say up to essentially an entire third is
missing. We chose to work at the slit which is
the most dense, to try to get you spectra there.
And we figured that ought to be rotated out to the
limb first. Did essentially shopping list ii.
56 received FILTER 4 for 8 minutes, FILTER 5 for
about 6 minutes. 82B: With your sensitive film
in there, I had the exposure NORMAL; and I worked
at 3 arc seconds off the limb, parallel to the -
tangent to the limb.
352 00 31 31 SPT 55: The pointing was done for 82B - that is,
parallel to the limb - and also to get maximum
amount of prominence on the slit. I would say
the slit was filled by 80 percent or so with vis-
ible prominence in H-alpha. So what I did there
was give 55 some MIRROR AUTO RASTERs at 0028 and
then came back and spread the 55 mirror UP and
DOWN and found that line 7 gave me the maximum,
which was around - oh, must be 100 or so, in a-
lignment data. And then I moved it right out from
the limb, just to get away from any limb effects.
So we ended up doing a GRATING AUTO SCAN at 0724.
And it certainly is the key to the - I think, one
of those things we ought to be doing the next few
days. I wish I had looked at this this morning.
TIME SKIP
352 01 30 55 CDR This is the CDR at 01:30 Zulu. I'm on the EREP
C&D panel. S192 has gone to CHECK, and MONITOR
Delta 6 reads 68 percent.
CC Go, Ed.
1197
352 01 49 08 SPT I think the entry is the same, but I think the
•.. - the degrees should have been plus 4.36.
And secondly - -
FLT Beautiful
CDR Yes.
1198
CDR Yes.
352 01 50 30 CDR You know, Mexico City's lights are laid out in such
a way - or t_ne city's laid out in such a say that
it looks like a five-pointed star.
352 01 50 36 PLT So we can even see some beacon flashing down there.
Maybe it's a searchlight.
CDR Yes.
CDR Huh'
352 01 51 37 CDR Okay, S192 DOOR is OPEN. The READY light is out -
or the DOOR CLOSED light is out. Waiting for a
READY light.
PLT Okay, come quick. You can see the whole Texas
coast from Brownsville to Houston, Beaumont,
Port Arthur - Oh'
352 01 53 04 PLT There's Brownsville and then the big one on the
coast. You can see Galveston Bay outlined by the
darkne s s.
CDR Yes.
CDR Okay.
CDR CAVU!
PLT ...
PLT Yes.
12OO
CDR Stand by -
352 01 54 58 PLT And we've got the whole eastern seaboard, too. Look.
SPT Say, you can sure make out the major highways,
can't you?
PLT Yes. Well, that main route there goes all the
way up to Atlanta, see.
1201
PLT Yes.
352 01 55 22 CDR Ho*** cow. Look at that. You can see the - you
can see the interstate highway all the way down
the center of Florida.
CDR Sounds like you guys are getting all the good
looking, and I've got to watch this darn C&D panel.
PLT Jacksonville.
PLT Man, it's too bad you can't take a picture of this.
352 01 56 32 PLT This is very good demographic data. It's Just too
bad you can't record it. What we - what we need
is an IR cine camera.
1202
352 01 57 01 PLT You can see Lake - Golly, you can see all the way to
Lake Michigan. Chicago. Starting to pick up a
few clouds now.
PLT There's New Jersey, and that city's over to the left.
PLT If you come ever here a minute, you can see all
the way over to Lake Michigan. Come over where
I am. You can see Chicago.
352 01 58 46 CC Can you guys verify for us that we did get the
FLOW - the valve - the EREP valve to the FLOW,
please.
SPT Okay, it's gone to FLOW now. It did not get there.
352 02 00 13 CDR Okay, it just blinked and went out. Now it's
back on. Now it's out.
CDR Yes.
PLT Yes.
352 02 02 54 SPT Hey, Crip. You could see every major artery run-
ning all over the whole eastern side of the country.
CC Roger.
PLT Yes.
PLT It's just a rare opportunity when you get clear area
like this - get the country clear.
CDR Yes.
352 02 04 13 CDR All of the HHI01 sites. Miami is one of the sites.
CDR It is.
CDR Yes.
352 02 06 51 PLT You know, a pass like that, seems to me like, would
have been worth shooting up some - Well of course,
we don't - I don't guess we had any sensitive black-
and-white movie film - 16-millimeter.
352 02 07 35 PLT Open it wide open and use 1/60 of a second, I guess.
That's as - -
352 02 07 44 PLT If you took a roll of that and they specially pro-
cessed it - you know they'd get all they could out
j of the emulsion- yes, I think they couldprobably
get some data out of that.
CDR No, what I'm talking about is, you have to develop
the whole roll that way or it won't cut it.
PLT l, 2 -
CDR/PLT Stand by -
PLT 0ff.
CDR Right.
PLT - - or 23?
CDR 17 :44.
CDR Okay.
CDR Nothing.
CDR Nicosia.
CDR I stanbul ?
PLT I stanbul.
PLT Okay, here we go. You can see ... over to the
left. Get down here, Jer, and take a look.
Let me turn the lights - Do you need the lights
over there, Ed?
CDR Yes.
352 02 21 O0 CDR Okay, the S191 READY light came on all right.
1211
CDR Yes.
PLT Yes.
TIME SKIP
352 03 08 _0 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. The time is 19:09 [sic] Zulu.
Reporting on upwelling or at least coloration to
the northeast of Chatham Islands. Estimating the
distance between 50 to i00 miles. Looking at the
ocean-current map and also looking at the surface
coloration on the water that we saw, the following
sounds like a reasonable explanation of what we're
seeing. In this area, there is a general north-
west-southeast flow indicated on the ocean-current
map. And if there is a landrise to the north or
northeast of the Chatham Islands and - this cur-
rent would - depending on the depth of it - this
would indicate bringing lower-depth water up to
the surface in this area. And because of the in-
terference or resistance or friction, the viscosity
with the landrise, or perhaps just a - a backwater
eddy on the back side of this landrise, in the
Chatham Islands we're seeing an awful lot of mixing.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
PLT No.
352 ii 22 49 PLT DOOR CLOSED light's out. Waiting for READY light,
on.
352 ll 24 00 PLT Now you want the HEATER SWITCH OFF light off. It
is. PRESS TO TEST. Both of them, good. Waiting
for T minus 3.
CDR Okay.
PLT Good.
CDR Okay.
PLT 31:06.
CDR Okay.
PLT Stand by -
352 ll 31 00 PLT MARK. EREP, START. Stand by for VTS AUTO CAL,
Jer.
PLT On my mark.
PLT Kill those lights for a while, if you want to, Jer.
352 ii 33 21 CC Bill, we're reading you loud and clear and got you
stateside, 14 minutes.
352 ll 36 00 CDR MARK. At 36, we've started the nadir step. Track-
ingthrough
zero. Okay-
CC Okay.
SPT ...
CC ...
PLT Thank
you.
PLT Standing by -
PLT Roger.
CC Say again?
CC Thank you.
1222
PLT Stand by -
PLT 26 -
PLT Stand by -
SPT Okay.
352 ii 50 05 PLT MARK. 50:06; 194 MODE to MANUAL. Now the ALTIME-
TER UNLOCK light came on at 50:10, but the READY
, lightis stillon.
352 ii 50 35 PLT Just got a 194 M3KLF light blinking. That was at
50:38 [sic].
352 ii 51 04 PLT MARK. Back on. I got a READY light on the ALTI-
METER. And--
PLT No - Okay.
TIME SKIP
352 12 46 i0 SPT SPT at 12:46. ATM op after a EREP pass; only had
around l0 minutes left of day. We got to the
center of the Sun and gave it a shopping list
item 1. Took a look at the streamer structure.
The one over T-59 is larger at the base than it
was yesterday and as strong in emission further
out as it was yesterday; so it has essentially
just grown a little bit at the base. I also see
a little more structure to - close to the base,
further south than the center line of that streamer.
352 12 48 00 SPT Went over then and looked at the prominence, and
again, that centainly has extensified [sic]. Love
to see that one blow off. We rolled so the MIRROR,
LINE SCAN was tangent to the limb and gave it a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER and got to 400 K just as we
were going through, oh, line 15, 16 - somewhere
in there. So we got one good MIRROR, AUTO RASTER -
GRATING of ZERO, DETECTORs all - looking at the
prominence. It's probably not anywhere near enough
in order to get a good look at it, but that's all
we could squeeze in.
352 12 52 51 SPT The clouds which were further north, at the very
base of the clouds, there appeared to be a little
brighter plank - plankton blooming - by base, I
mean just leading into the clouds from our vantage
point - and it leads me to wonder whether the clouds
are associated with the blooms themselves - blooms
representing the colder water and thereby cooling
the normal ocean air blowing across it, with a -
then bringing the dewpoint down to where we form
clouds or bringing the temperature down close to
the temperature where water will condense.
352 12 56 31 PLT It's very difficult to rotate the other way. And
I moved it to line up with the film-hatch-opening
slot.
TIME SKIP
352 14 19 47 SPT SPT at 14:20; the ATM pass which began at 13:50,
building block ll Bravo. The J0P 4, step 4, build-
ing blocks ll and 28, really went with no problem,
but I found I was a little rushed in getting the
pointing in - that is, to try to find the maximum
as well as to get the slit off the thread. Took
a little care and patience, and I find I got a
1229
352 14 24 33 SPT And then I chose one which was - where the top was
inclined slightly to the north, maybe 20 degrees
or so, for the building block 28. That's right
adjacent to it, the first one. I think I'd have
lined it up a little bit better had I taken a
little bit more time. But in looking at the inten-
sities in Lyman beta, I found that within that
range they did tend to change a little bit but not
as much as I might think from looking at the H-
alpha display. Maybe it was the width of the
5-arc-second aperture, although I - I doubt that.
That's still relatively small for what I was see-
ing in H-alpha. They look as though there's more
in the Lyman beta - and I suspect it's most of the
higher temperature lines - than anything we're
seeing in the visible. I suspect that's quite a
bit broader than the thread structure we see in
H-alpha. The Lyman-beta count we are getting in
that structure was 300 - 350, which is quite -
quite high, as - as I understand it. I looked for
the one we looked at a couple of weeks - a week
and a half ago or so - that's prominence 39 or 37 -
when it was on the east limb - sorry - the west
limb. That was only 200, and that was considered
relatively dense.
TIME SKIP
352 15 49 17 CDR It looks like it was probably pretty good for that,
too. The next two opportunities, for me anyway,
were at 15:28 Zulu, and that was HH77 and 78.
/r
1232
PLT Okay.
352 16 05 08 CDR This is the CDR at 16:05 Zulu with ambient food
inventory data so far. Step number 1 was frozen
food locker F-553, canister number i0. The con-
tents are two prime rib, two filet mignon, two
por - pork loin, and five vanilla ice creama.
ii total, one missing. Okay. Step number 2 was
inventory of lockers 561, 2, and 3. Locker 561,
front: number 31/number i0; number 26/ - Now let
me give you the code here first. Number 31 means
canister number and the slash and then the i0
means the tenth item is missing, or the number l0
item is missing.
1234
352 16 07 17 CDR In some cases the slash 9's were the bottom ones,
and in some cases the slash l0 was the bottom one.
I don't see - I think your records probably tells
you how many are in there; so I think just the
number should be adequate. Now we have F-563 to
go, and we have the overage ambient inventory to
go; and you're going to have to schedule us with
extra time for that.
352 16 12 19 PLT START. And that's about 12. And we're in work.
CC o..
352 16 22 39 PLT And PLT out. I'ii be shutting down your experiment
as soon as I call this to ground, real time.
352 16 24 34 SPT It's the first and last one I've ever
seen, but it was very definitely green.
TIME SKIP
PLT - - or 18:03.
352 18 53 45 PLT I did not notice any change. I looked at the WLC
during the first J0P l0 and the last JOP 10, and
I could not tell any difference. The activities
on PMEC and IMAGE INTENSITY averaged around 250
on the PMEC and noise level l, 2, maybe 3 or 4 on
the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT. The - I never got an
aperture change in beryllium. I got several X-ray
triggers - false triggers on the flare. Used the
XUVMON and the image intensifier scope. Did not
see any brightening. It looked like one spot came
up. At least it was a little brighter on the IN-
TEGRATE at times, but no particular activity on,
I think it's 00.
352 19 04 05 SPT Hold on ... more back over this way ... okay.
Okay. Let me get this pocket here.
1237
352 19 07 04 SPT But we'll put a closeup lens on the TV and give
it a try.
352 19 13 oo SPT SPT at 19:14 for RLITI. Start of the run of M092,
with the PLT as subject. It started at 19:10.
352 19 15 h0 CDR This is - this is the CDR at 19:15 Zulu with a note
to the food people. Yesterday, in my evening status
report, I forgot that there was a little bit of
variation in my water usage. It was occasioned by
1238
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
352 20 33 51 CDR The other two experiments - 56 and the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAFH - yes, both got their exposures complete
before we hit the 400 K line. And looking at the -
TIME SKIP
CDR Okay.
1240 _-
352 21 13 02 SPT There it is, down there. Now the only way we can
see these is to hold them up to the light and get
rather close, right as - far as - close as your
eye can until it goes out of focus. Then you can
see some of the little fellows crawling around in
there. Okay, maybe I had that off the screen at
that moment. Let me point again.
352 2] 13 38 SPT The whole cluster where they all are is right
here. There's a few up at the top, a couple
alive and a couple who have b_tten the dust - or
in this case the cotton. That big cluster is a
cluster of some who have partially emerged, or
partially hatched, if you will, from the - from
the egg and some which have emerged all the
way. Very minute. Look about the size of a
pencil lead, very thin pencil lead_ maybe even
smaller than that. Hairy. And they don't do
much except roll up into a ball occasionally or
crawl around. Life is hard enough when you're
first born, but to find yourself in zero g, think
you'd be doubly confused.
352 21 14 51 SPT Now let me try one other thing here, and that is
to change the zoom, which I have set on 35 right
now. And I'll slowly increase it here. And as
you can see, I can focus on the main type very
well. But the depth of field is so shallow that -
and the object that I'm looking at on the monitor
is so small, it's kind of hard to tell when we
have it in focus for you.
1241
352 21 16 i0 SPT Let's go over to the wild. Okay, you can see that
little cluster of them. Let me take a look a
minute, and I'ii try to identify some for you.
352 21 19 19 SPT Okay. Well, that's it. We'll try to keep the
people that are interested in moths informed as
we go on here. Between all the good Earth resources
and solar observations and medical work, the comet
viewing, and looking at auroras, we also keep an
eye on our moth eggs for you.
352 21 27 l0 SPT Okay, SPT here again at 21:27, and we'll try this
whole moth egg spiel again. Last time we managed
to get a switch into ATM BUS 1 rather than TV.
So all - we got all the good words but no pictures.
So I now hope we will get both of them at the same
time. Trying to get set up here, and we'll be
ready to go.
CDR Okay.
352 21 29 31 SPT There's about five or six which have fully hatched
and have been out crawling around or have ceased
to crawl. And the other five or six are partial
emergents; that is, they got part way out, and
that's as far as they got. Now first of all, on the
ones on the bottom, you can see the large aggre-
gate as I shake these around. The large aggregate
right now is right behind the tape. I'll try and
get it to the bottom there. Now on the bottom of
the tube, you can see this - the contrast of the
one - the vial which has not hatched at all.
They're spread pretty - pretty much im_formly,
which you'd expect - the obvious need to spread
out. The aggregate comes from those which have
hatched and are crawling over their potential
brethren and those who have Just partially hatched.
352 21 30 38 SPT They all tend to stick together, even in the world
of moths.
352 21 30 41 SPT Now we'll zoom in a little bit more, and I;ll try
and show you some of the details.
352 21 30 59 SPT And - aw, phooey. I'ii pick you up here without
time to give you a reasonable focus. So Just
bear with me until I get all the way zoomed in
here. I'll try to move in and give you a reason-
able picture. Okay, at the right side of your
picture is the top of the container, and we've
_ot some cotton down in there. Now there's one
which is on the cotton, but I'll have to rotate
the vial; so bear with me.
352
21 45 15 PLT PLY [sic]. PERCENT 02 is 73.07; PERCENT Hy0 ,
352 22 04 28 CDR The CDR going off for the moment. Be back in
about 15 minutes.
352 22 21 43 CDR This is the CDR back up on the loop again for S183
operation. Standing by for termination of the
first plate, which is PLATE number 15, on star
field Charlie 24. Let's see. The exposure started
at 22:02; that's 21 minutes long. It'll be 22:23
when it terminates, and it's Just past 22:22 now.
352 22 24 08 CDR Okay. This is PLATE number 16; number 16. The
star field is Kohootek - Kohoutek, I guess it's
pronounced. EXPOSUREis 160, O, and O. The
SEQUENCE switch is in STANDBY; I'm waiting for
the available time of 22:31 to throw the switch.
And that's coming up - It's a little over
5 minutes away.
352 22 34 12 CDR It's way off to the left in that field of view,
which I expect is probably correct - in order to
get the right position on the picture - or on the
frame, I beg your pardon. All right, sunset time
is 36. We're coming up on 35 now. We should be
done in short order_
1246
TIME SKIP
352 23 46 55 SPT SPT at 23:47. ATM pass which began at the 22:51.
Okay, again I got you what you wanted in building
block 37, JOP _A, on the prominence T-59. But be-
cause ± alau'z - -
352 23 48 26 SPT I started the experiment off and then saw that what
we really wanted was something which would have the
55 mirror-line axis - change it to the limb, so
12h7
352 23 50 36 SPT So I went into work at 1033 for the first one,
_ 1031 second,1035, and then 1037,which, I think,
gave you the 10-arc-second increments you.were
after.
352 23 52 02 SPT Okay, at the end I did building block 32, and I
think I was probably around - completed that one at
around 250 K. I took a look at it and reported -
Well, I know it's on air to ground - that is, that
the base of the streamer overlying T-59 appeared
1248
353 00 57 54 SPT The ones running towards U.S. l, the one running
down the center of Florida off in the direction
of Jackson, toward Orlando, essentially a major -
it's like taking out a - the country, the United
States road map, and putting lakes along the high-
way and the major intersections that stood out so
clearly. This is in sharp contrast to what I saw
in - especially Italy, where there were lights in
towns but not very much in between, not anywhere
near as well organized as our own country in a
very overall or gross sense.
1250
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
353 13 36 12 SPT In the corona, the large streamer which was above
the - the prominence P-59 was - or is no longer
very strong and is a completely different shape.
It's much of a par - with parallel sides encompas-
sing maybe i0 degrees or so at the inner edge of
the occulting disk and running straight out until
it becomes a little bit stronger to the south side
of it. Last night when I looked at the eoronagraph,
at the corona, I could see the helmet streamer had
grown a little to the south of it. I believe I
mentioned that air-to-ground. And perhaps that
was the start of its movement out. I wish we had
been up and had been able to follow it. Okay, so
the three building block 10's which were run, I
ran not exactly at the same roll which you gave,
although they were approximately as specified.
353 13 38 19 SPT And then I also did the 30 arc second one there,
and I suspect that's where you'll find the most
intensity - out at that distance. So we also got
another SHORT, exDosure, NORMAL at that same roll.
1251
353 13 41 23 SPT I went over and did a shopping list item 2, plus
an 82B sequence on active region 00. I put the
82B sllt along several bright points and essen-
tially a plage r_mning along there - it was not
quite parallel to a neutral line, however - and
that moved slightly limbward, which maximized the
oxygen VI readout. So that even - I would look
as though I was a little bit to the left of my
display of the actual bright plage in H-alpha, but
it did maximize oxygen VI, and it went toward the
limb; so I thought that's when I'd give you the
maximum also in most of the lines you're looking
at in 82B. There, 82B got a WAV_Ik_NGTH, SHORT ;
exposure, TIMES 1/h. 55 got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER;
DETECTORs, all - at the GRATING of 102, although
we did not complete the raster before 400 K. And
oxygen VI was around 6000 or so.
TIME SKIP
353 14 l0 52 PLT And that was at 14:0h:5h that the 2-minute exposure
started. The first exposure, apparently, was for
background purposes. The third exposure, 60-second
at 15 feet, was taken with a very bright horizon,
and I think we explained already what you want
that one for.
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
353 15 51 43 CDR This is the CDR at 15:50 Zulu. M509 is the subject
of the prep, and installed on the M509 unit is
battery number 6 and PSS number 4.
353 15 54 30 CDR This is the CDR continuing with the M509 data.
Battery charge on battery number 6 was initiated
at 54.
TIME SKIP
353 16 32 44 PLT The PLT with a report. Time is 16:33. First re-
port is for systems people on the six-pack tempera-
tures. X-ray 5, 9B degrees; X-ray 6, 92 degrees.
Yoke - Yankee 5, 92 degrees; Yankee 6, 91 degrees.
Zulu 5, 92 degrees; Zulu 6, 92 degrees. And what
I - The way l'm measuring those, I - Apparently,
1255
353 16 34 58 PLT Changing the subject again, the T025 m_If. Inci-
dentally, I did the S063 and the T025 on the dif-
fuser screen; that's using the diffuser screen as
a workbench. And M487 people may be interested
in that in that my report is that the diffuser is
pretty good. It's - I really like it. Lighting
is bad, but, of course, it wasn't designed for
that. The airflow is great for holding paper and
even the cameras. In T025 it held them down very
nicely.
J53 16 36 04 PLT Okay, on T025 malf, the malf was not too difficult
actually. I Just got that long eye relief and
went up to the diffuser, put both cameras down,
and at the - The procedure was being held very
nicely in place by the airflow vacuum. The long
eye relief fits both cameras about equally well.
My re - previous report is still correct, regarding
the - the bit of shims of - using shims of paper.
The only thing that I did before that I did not do
this - did not do before that I did this time was,
I used the procedure of fitting the long eye relief
in the left side first and then the right side
without pushing the penta-prism button - button.
But I did push the penta-prism button before.
353 16 37 18 PLT In fact, the knob was engaged, and I was taking
pictures - if you'll recall - on T025 before; and
then the thing became disengaged. When I checked
the long eye relief, it was not disengaged. In
fact, as soon as we got to - we got the cameras
back in, we put them - we stowed them away. And
then the next day, I was going to show Jerry what
the problem was. And I" started turning the shutter
speed knob, and it worked great - in other words,
without having anything been done to it. The
shutter speed knob had sort of fixed itself from
the time it was - it malfunctioned during the EVA
and the time I too tem - attempted to demonstrate
the malfunction to Jerry the next day, and that
was about 24 hours later.
353 16 38 44 PLT And there were no clicks other than when I ini-
tially rocked it in position, on one of them, I
heard a slight click. But the - the problem I had
before there was the attar - apparently getting
a loose fit; was this sort of slop, actual slop,
that apparently exists. Perhaps the penta-prism
is in the way or something like that. I don't
know, because I did push that button on the -
on the previous - previous arrangement - or prep-
aration for the EVA. I can't add anything further
than to say that - that it worked fine on both
cameras.
TIME SKIP
353 17 38 02 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 17:38 Zulu. The
report concerns M487. The situation was this:
The CDR and the PLT yesterday completed or con-
cluded a troubleshooting procedure on the ATM
C&D coolant loop. At the conclusion of this and,
well, even doing the - the troubleshooting, we
noticed a loud whine - not quite a squeal hut a
whining noise when we turned on the ATMpumps.
We were both very concerned that we were maybe
cavitate - or I was concerned about cavitation be-
cause we put our ear up to the forward airlock
compartment and it - occasionally there would be
noise spikes, like the thing was sucking air or
something like that. 0nly it was a - is - almost
a squeal, but it's more or less a whining, not
quite a grinding noise.
35B 17 40 20 PLT _iA_p_e_ione at the ATM SIA. And all these are
"_moreor less centrally located in the vehicle -
that is, almost along a geometric position of the -
the X-axis if you were - as far as moment of inertia
is concerned, I know it's not quite s_mmetrical -
but to - using the symmetrical axis - that is,
right down the center of the vehicle. ATM $IA,
roughly at the SIA position with the thing out in
center again. One at the - in the airlock com-
partment but at the interface, at the hatch posi-
tion - in other words, Just a - with a little
sensor about where the hatch would be, centrally
located, pointed minus X again. And one at the -
what I consider the noise source in the forward
airlock compartment, again centrally located in
the compartment, pointed plus X.
B5B 17 41 lO PLT Okay, now those are the three refs. There are
one, two, three, four, five positions in the
comp - in the vehicle that I used. And I'm going
to read - In order I will enter, I will read the
location: trash airlock, CSM hatch, SIA - ATM
$IA, airlock, the forward airlock. The forward
airlock is at the noise source. I'm going to use
those as my location references, and I'm going to
read straight across ambient noise level and the
headings that are in - on page 1-5 in the M487
Eval Checklist.
353 17 41 51 PLT Okay. Trash airlock at 14:45: 52, 42, 43, 47, &9,
45, 36, 29, 23. Now these readings I'm giving you
1259
353 17 43 47 PLT ATM SIA, 17:02: 64, 59, 64, 61, 64, 55, 52, 45,
42. CSM hatch at 17:04: 60, 52, 60, 55, 67, 52,
50, 45, 41. Act airlock hatch posit_on at 17:06:
60, 62, 65, 63, 56, 55, 48, 43, 36. The trash
airlock, 17:11: 55, 41, 44, 45, 48, 43, 34, 28,
and 22. I noticed that there wasn't much differ-
ence between the trash airlock with the pump on
and off, although I could - my - my ear made it -
was a prettydistinctdifference. I don'tknow
what the subjective evaluation is. But anyway,
I ran another test at the trash airlock the -
again with pump on. The last - By the way, the
first five readings that I gave were with the
pump running and the last five with - with the
pump off.
353 17 45 17 PLT Now I turned the pump on again and went down to
trash airlock and - right after the ones I gave
you for 17:ll, and I ran some more. So with the
pump on again, the reading at the trash airlock
was 55, 41, 44, 46, 41, 35, 31, and 26. In other
_ words, not a whole lot of difference at the trash
airlock between the time when the pump was on and
the pump was off, although as I say, subjectively,
we can - this noise was a bit - little bit
discerting.
TIME SKIP
1260
353 19 37 02 CDR The - the water there was extremely blue. I looked
to see if I could see any indications of - of waking
or streaming in - in the fiord areas. I tried using
binoculars, but as I said, the Sun angle Just wasn't
right ; everything looked nice and blue and clear
and smooth. We proceeded on in over the coast
over - Well, there's a VOR there called Castro,
and that's Just about what we went over. It's -
right on the south end of one of the larger islands
there. And then we proceeded on u_ Just over the
northwestern tip of Golfo San Matias and just
inside, Just to the west of Bahia Blanca.
353 19 37 54 CDR Got a good look at all of the - the ranch land and
the wheat land that lies down there in the pampa.
I don't see any great change in color as yet.
There's a lot of green and a lot of gold and tan.
And I was not at - not aware of any great change
in color.
333 19 40 18 CDR Where the two met and headed out, you had a mixture
of the two colors, and it was very streaky, much -
very taffy-like and serpentine. And then as they
came togetherthey - they - and pointed on out
toward the southeast with a very long, rather
straight but slightly curved, serpentine - you
know, undulating long streamer headed out to the
southeast. And it had striations or layers of
color; it would be both the darker and the lighter
green. The water itself was a - was a good blue,
typical of the - of the blue water we see just
about everywhere else. Let me grab the Forel scale
chart; see if I can give you some figures.
353 19 42 24 CDR Now that blooming coming down from the north was
more difficult to see, and it was more like 5 to
l0 miles in width. And you could not see it
extending as far north. Probably 100 miles north
of Montevideo, you could no longer see it. I
continued to watch as we proceeded on to the
northeast to see if there was any indications of
the South Equatorial Current up along the more
northerly coast of South America. And as we moved
along, we - it became less and less apparent to the
point where, by the time we got to Sao Paulo, there
was no indication whatsoever of any current out in
the water.
353 20 09 ii SPT Okay, forget the desired. All we did was put in
a comm,nd to load 220 octal units in - in X. We
ended up with an X of plus i00 and a Y of
plus 005.
353 20 i0 35 SPT I'm afraid all of the futzing around we've done
here, moving back and forth with this, essentially
found out what our granularity was. Okay, we
moved to a position 8, Xp, Yp of minus lO0,
plus 005. Desired was plus 120 and 005. We got
1266
TIME SKIP
353 20 57 05 CDR This is the CDR at 20:55 Zulu with the M092. The
subject is the SPT. The run started at 20:30. The
subject's left calf is 13-5/8; the right calf is
13-i/2. The legbands being used are Charlie
Juliett on the left leg, Alfa X-ray on the right
leg.
TIME SKIP
1268
353 21 21 27 PLT PLT debriefing the last ATM pass started at 20:40.
J0P 6, step 2, building block 32, was loused up;
I had the wrong roll in. I did give you a shopping
list 1 at the completion of JOF 2 Bravo_ step 5.
JOP 2B, step 5, building block 10, was completed
as scheduled. 2 Bravo, step 5, building block ll,
was completed as per schedule. And I interpreted
the exposure 02.5 to be 2-1/2 seconds and tried
to give you mybest estimate of 2-1/2 seconds.
I used the observing time to look at the rather
bright streak, and let me go see the number of it.
353 21 23 06 PLT Took a look at the corona - went back to Bun center
and looked at the corona. The corona looks much
less active than it did previously; was very faint.
On the west limb there appeared a sort of pyramidal
corona then - rather than a helmet streamer. A
helmet streamer is what it is, but the lines don't
curie any at all. The borders on it there are al-
most straisht lines. They appear to be sets at
about, oh, 2:30 or 3 o'clock. At 9 and lO o'clock,
two faint coronal streamers integrated light sort
of diffuse the rest of the way around the disk.
PLT That's all - about all I can say on the corona; the
two regions, the O1, I think, and 02, or maybe 00
and O1, I can't quite tell here looking at the
cards, or something - I'll look at them again and
see if I can get them straight. The two on - that
have Just come across the east limb. The largest
one appeared to be fairly active and the smaller
one appeared to be active also. A couple of times
I got very faint - well, it looked like bright,
you know, on the XUVMON, using the persistent
scope, but the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT stayed down
around - oh, 2 to 8; maybe 12 a couple of times.
353 21 2_ 36 PLT The PMEC count got above 600 a couple of times,
but it - it was very erratic, and there were no
sustained high levels on the PMEC above about 350,
which seemed to be about the ground base, or even
1269
353 21 27 13 CDR I frankly don't see what earthly good that little
bit of data is to you, anyway. I think the first
part's more important.
TIME SKIP
353 22 46 l_ CDR This is the CDR at 22:45 Zulu with a message for
the M509 planners and for FA0. It looks like
it's senseless for us to try to do an M509 prep
the day before because the cameras am well as the
lights keep getting grabbed and moved away for use
in some other experiment. And there's - You know,
the other experiments don't indicate that you
should bring them back; so I think probably what
we better do, for at least a setup done by the
test pilot - that is, the setup of the cameras
and the high-intensity lights - we might Just as
well put that off until Just before the M509
operation itself because on both occasions now,
we've gone to all the trouble of setting up the
cameras and setting up the high-intensity lights
and, sure enough, within a couple hours, some-
body hadto come and take them and go use them
1271
353 22 50 44 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. S019 operations coming up.
Time on my mark will be 23 - excuse me - 22:51:30.
Stand by.
PLT 0kay.
CC Good.
PLT Standby.
CC Okay.
CDR (Laughter)
1273
CC Roger.
PLT Yes.
CDR Okay.
PLT Stand by -
CREW ...
CDR Okay.
1275
353 23 03 09 PLT MARK. Okay, that's i00. I'll have to wait until
that thing gets down to llO. I'll twist it on
over to this side. Don't get widened in this.
Okay, stand by.
CDR Okay.
353 23 09 Ol PLT MARK. Okay, 23:09, and we're starting the ex-
posure on field 237. I have 58.1 and 15.2,
ROTATION and TILT, respectively; 270, widened.
353 23 09 35 CDR Okay, Crip, we're on pump Bravo now, and it's
considerably quieter than pump Charlie. And I
threw on SUS pump 1 to listen to what it sounded
like, and it's as loud as pump Charlie was. How-
ever, it's a lower frequency thatn Charlie is.
Charlie seems to be running quite a bit higher.
CC Very good.
353 23 i0 27 CDR Well, let's let it run for a while and see how
it does. Sounds llke a good idea right now.
SPT No.
CDR .• •
SPT ...
CDR ...
CDR ...
SPT ..,
SPT .••
SPT ...
SPT ...
PLT Before you can turn them on, you have to lift up
this little tab or push it down, as the case may
be.
SPT ...
SPT ...
SPT ...
SFT ,..
353 23 18 22 PLT MARK. Okay, I got that one at 18:20. We'll see
how it turns out. Got Just a little bit behind
on that. 57.6 and 20.2. This will be followed
by a widened, 90-second exposure. And at 22:24,
we're setting up the comet ops. 20:23 - 24:40;
so 23 - excuse me - 23:24:40; so at 23:24 I'd
rather be through and ready to change the mirror.
It's going to take me 40 seconds. And I haven't
been giving you the plate number, darn it. This
is number 31.
353 23 23 07 PLT MARK. Oka_v, let me get this comet here in view.
23, 22, O8.h. 208.h and 22.0. There we go;
208. Okay, and we want to start at 2 - 23:_h:h0,
which is a little less than a minute. 230 seconds,
unwidened. Okay, stand by,
353 23 25 58 PLT Boy, you've got her nailed. It's in the left
field of view. The tail is sticking almost
straight down and then tapering off slightly to
the left. That bright star that I think it's in
Libra, the tail's sticking down toward it. And
as I get better dark adapted, I think that I see
more of the tail.
353 23 28 30 PLT MARK. Okay. Oh, bosh. I went all the way -
You did it again. Film hatch getting closed now.
1280
353 23 30 25 PLT But then what - what happens is, you get in a bind.
When I did that, I did that on termination of the
Kohoutek. Now what I did was, I think I - Well,
wait a minute. By the way, I didn't screw up the
Kohoutek, because all I - I wasted a frame is what
I did. The - the Kohoutek was stored, I guess,
because I picked up another frame; so maybe -
maybe it's not quite as bad as I thought. Maybe
all I did was cheat you out of one frame. But
once it happens, I have to go to OPEN and back
to CARRIAGE RETRACTED before you can get the
film hatch closed. So there you are; it cost you
a frame, Karl. Sorry about that. I'm going to
go ahead and button it up here and stop the re-
cording. I have it - We're all buttoned up here
except for closing the door.
353 23 35 24 CDR This is the CDR at 23:36 with a note for the PI
of ED76, the neutron - neutron gathering devices
that are around the - the spacecraft. I'm afraid
that we have poorly placed Bravo Z. I, in the
last 30 days, have inadvertently touched that
thing about five times. It's in a natural place
as you come through the hole from the forward
compartment to the experiment compartment. It's
a very natural place to grab, and I reach through
the hole and - and - and grab, and doggone, I've
got that darn slide underneath my fingers. So I
personally have touched it no less than five times.
I_m sure the other guys have touched it several,
themselves, and I'm afraid the data on that one -
If touching degrades it, it is definitely degraded.
353 23 49 46 SPT Now the red plots, I could not see any infestation
or any particular color difference at all, but in
three or four of those green ones, maybe three of
them, I was able to see some type of discoloration.
One of them was a kind of light orange, and one
was a yellowish green. I think this particular
type of observation really demands that the ob-
server have a good feel for what he's looking at.
And not having looked at this area, either photo-
graphs or previously with an eye toward the type
of agriculture and these particular problems -
that being what is normal - it's hard to spot
the abnormal. The only way I could do it is the
way which I have Just mentioned.
###
DAY 354 (AM) 1283
35h 03 18 00 SPT SPT at 03:18. M133. Had to break out a new sleep
cap tonight and inject quite a bit of electrolyte
into the dry electrodes. I now have one tube of
electrolyte left, plus another one with 5 centimeters.
TIME SKIP
354 04 14 41 SPT SPT at 04:15, debriefing the last ATM pass of the
day. Scheduled observations went as planned. The
observation time _as used for looking at active
region 00. The 82B slit was put on a bright plage.
Oxygen count on the 55 detector was between 35 and
50,000, the brightest in H-alpha and the - the
brightest I could find in oxygen VI. The brightest
point was a little bit limbward of the brightest
in H-alpha. At this position, 55 received three
truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs which covered the
active region.
TIME SKIP
1284
354 12 33 13 SPT SPT at 12:33. M133 log: Day 354; 8.2; quality,
poor; remarks i, 2, and 4.
TIME SKIP
354 14 24 59 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 14:25. SAL DOOR is
UNLOC_O and OPEN. ROTATION is 334.7; TILT is
15.1; for field 801; 270, 90 , 30, widened. Mirror
is - has been EXTENDED. I guess that ought to
really be the other way. FILM HATCH is going to
OPEN. And there is no crew disturbance. Okay,
Jer, we're starting an S019, Just for your informa-
tion. (Laughter) Okay, 26 getting ready to come
up. Put her on 334 point - Well, I'll get the
flashlight out and verify that thing because we
Can't read the units. Yes, 334.7, 15.1. And
we're ready to go. Stand by. 15 seconds.
354 14 27 0o PLT MAIRK. Plate number 35; field 801; ROTATION, 334.7;
TILT, 15.1; 270, widened in progress.
PLT Yes, I'm doing S019, Ed. Let's see. I've got -
If you can squeeze something in in 3 minutes, go
ahead and talk.
PLT Yes?
SPT ...
354 14 40 01 PLT MARK. Frame number 40. Ahhh! Here we go. 270,
widened. I hit that pretty hard; there n_y be
some Jiggles in the first part of this field 303.
1286 A
PLT Stand by -
354 14 45 02 PLT MARK. Plate number - Frame number hl; field 302;
198.8, ROTATION_ TILT is 15.6; 270, widened.
PLT At 80 percent.
PLT Stand by -
PLT 80 percent.
354 14 52 14 PLT MARK. Okay, this is frame 4h. I'm into it about
15 seconds late. ROTATION is 193.2; TILT is 17.9;
field 318. I should be able to pick up a little
time in between these second two because that
requires very little time. Sunrise at 15:01.
354 14 53 15 MCC Good morning, Skylab. Houston with the ATM con-
ference, and we'll be dumping the data/voice re-
corder here. Over.
354 14 53 34 MCC Okay, we'll hold that. And getting into the ATM
conference, on this XUVMON downlink that came
down last night, we noticed a bright region that
was totally unexpected to us - -
MCC ...
PLT Okay -
,_ MCC ...
1288
MCC ...
354 14 54 18 SPT Hey, Bill, let me ask you, what is the location
of active region 27 I'm not up in the ATM, but
MCC - - the way NOAA draws it, you've got a big leader
spot, and a spot behind the leader spot. The
spot behind the leader spot, they're saying, is
opposite polarity and that there is a little
protoo - protrusion of that following polarity
that juts up to grab that following spot. There's
a very bright kernel that is south of the leader
spot and a little bit to the east. That's the
area that the activity has been going on in and
you might keep your eye on that today with the
observations on 00.
354 14 57 40 MCC Okay. Sounds good. And NOAA is saying that the
entire region there is - looks to them like a beta-
gamma configuration, indicating mixed polarities
and very tight gradient? Okay. We've got an-
other 5 minutes here. Today's plan, the 82B
filler you just did, really filled the J0P 24
square. We're trying to get a 82 Alfa picture
PLT A minute and a half into it, and I got some less
than 3 minutes that's - -
SPT ...
354 14 58 44 MCC Okay, good. And there's not too much we'll be
expecting to come around the east limb with the
possible exception of this brightening that we
notices. So there's not much to warn you about
, there. Wonderwhat you might ...- -
SPT Okay....
354 15 09 42 SPT SPT at 15:08, debriefing the first ATM pass of the
day. Scheduled observations went as planned. I've
given my discussion of the displays on the down-
link. I've not had a chance to look at them since
then. Bill's on the panel now, at the conclusion
of the scheduled observation time and the observing
_ime, amounted to around ll minutes left - about
40 K, to go over and look at the active region 00.
And I thought that we had a pretty prominent sunspot
there. And we had Just been looking at MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs during the night on that region, and I tried
to get some spectra associated with the spot. And
a quick survey with oxygen VI showed - With a ROLL
of minus 2028, an UP/DOWN of minus 72, and a LEFT/
RIGHT of minus 392, I was able to locate a saddle
1291
/
354 15 34 53 SPT SPT at 15:35. CDR: left leg, 13.0; right leg, 13-i/4.
Left legband, Charlie Juliett; right, Alfa X-ray.
TIME SKIP
35h 16 00 34 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass started at 15:21. The
first J0P 1 Delta, step l, building block 28, was
performed as prescribed with the exception that I
may have had the MAR positioned incorrectly. The
instructions in the J0P 1 Delta are only referenced
for MIRROR, LINE SCAN for this area. Also, there
was what I think is an extraneous entry in the set-
up for - for the building block 28, and that is that
next three steps off l_mh. And I don't see how that
is really pertinent to a 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER,
13-line re - repetition scan. Perhaps it is. But I
looked at that, and I stepped off three steps, think-
ing I was setting everything up. I did that at the
position - I suppose it was line 25 instead of the
slit center. And I didn't notice until after I'd
started m_ MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. And it's very
confusing. And I think it would be simpler if it
was indicated to - if you're going to omit 82B.
354 16 02 57 PLT I took a quick look and repointed the active region -
let's see. Where's the active region that's so
hot right now? 25 at 0.4 may be the one; so
make it 01 is the one. I took another look at it
after the JOP and after the observing time, and
did not appear to - to be particularly active even
in the XUV MON. I did not look at the corona.
TIME SKIP
354 16 34 37 SPT SPT at a 20[sic] :34, with a message for FA0s and
anyone else who gets involved in flight planning.
Okay, this morning on paper our schedule looked
fairly straightforward and relatively easy. Met
all the guidelines and just looked as though you
could zing right through it. Let me tell you, blow
.- by blow, where thing go awry. Number one: After my
first ATM pass for the day, SO19 was going. Could
not use the tape recorder for the debriefing; so
I recorded what I could on paper so I would not for-
get the details to be recorded later by voice.
354 16 35 27 SPT Alter the ATM debrief, I had 13 minutes before the -
After writing it down, I had 13 minutes before the
ATM conference. I came whistline down the 0WS;
pulled Jerry away from hes work. We had l0 minutes
at that point and concluded we had insufficient time
to do the limb-volume measurements - about enough
time for me to get m_ drawers off and pull out the
tape measure - so that was not accomplished.
354 16 36 05 SPT At that point, the ATM conference was coming up.
Then we had our $233 going on - all coming up in the
MDA at the same t_me as the conference - Just when
all the lights had to be out. So at that point,
I had to go up to the ATM, get any paper work I
needed for the conference - which included a couple
of photos, a couple of notes I had made, the ATM
schedule - bring all that down to the wardroom.
Okay, at that point, I still had a urine drawer
which was not empty - not changed out.
129_
354 16 36 45 SFT After the ATM conference, I went and took all of
the materials back up to the panel, debriefed the
previous ATM pass at - of 15:07, then had to work
around Bill, who was at the panel.
354 16 37 12 SPT Okay, then - we then started - The net result of that
was that we started M092/171 15 minutes late, and
the only way I got the urine drawer changed out was
in 2 or 3 minutes first, while I was trying to run
MOQ2. And that's no way to do business. So you
see, we got all kings of contraints that come into
the operation up where which on paper don't show
up quite as clearly. This seems to happen contin-
uously. I know you've got a tough Job with tracking
down all the constraints; there certainly are a
lot of them. But I think, from our side, what we
we're trying to do in his total operation is to
come back with some quality data. A_d I personally -
and I'm speaking from a personal standpoint - have
found these l_st - the time since we've been up
here to be nothing but a 33-day fire drill.
354 16 38 07 SPT I've found we've been chasing quantity rather than
quality; I've been so engulfed with building blocks
rather than being concerned with the quality of
the data. I th_nk if we're ever going to bring back
quality data, it's going to have to be done in a
long-duration mission. If we don't have time to
do things right the first t_me, when are we ever
going to find time to do them right the seQond time?
If we can't do it right in an 85-day mission, we
don't have time to emphasize quality, when the heck
will we ever do it?
354 16 39 35 SPT At this point means turning on that mike cold; that
amounts to essentially a lecture of 15 to 20 minutes.
You've got to know what you're talking about, have
everything prepared, have some good thoughts in minds,
and have thought about how you want to present it
so it's understandable to the general public.
f_
12 7
PLT Stand by -
f_
PLT Stand by -
354 17 56 02 PLT MARK. Starting 270 widened on star field 313 and
frame number 52.
PLT A_d, conLing throu_ about 93 percent. Euldin6 the
270 widened on field 213. Frame number 52.
Stand by on my mark.
354 18 O0 07 PLT MASK. Okay, same for 90, turning the k_ob. Okay,
it's reading SLIDE R_'I'IqACTEI).Now, let me see.
Okay, there we go, frame 53. 90-second widened
on field 313.
PLT Stand by -
35h 18 08 00 PLT Okay, and let's see, I'm going to go ahead and
clean up the SAL here.
TIME SKIP
354 18 54 25 PLT I'd say about i00 to 150 miles north of Montevideo
out in the water, that is, northeast, so let's
make it northeast of Buenos Aires. The - there
appears a11 of a sudden, fairly sharply defined,
a Forel scale 7 to 8, which is the South Equato-
rial Current. Andit's a rather wide area.
Doesn't con - does not appear to - come up from
the below and then appear on the surface in a
sort of a finely defined line. It Just sort of
all of a sudden appears as a rather large area
heading southward. And it combines with the
Falkland Current and they both flow east-southeast.
354 18 57 04 PLT And, one other thing, and that is to the - off of
Rio de Janeio, out in the Atlantic there, what ap-
pears to be a - a hint of the South Equatorial
Current, but it may not be; I don't know. At
least, another kind is a very thin narrow line,
very narrow and - but it is - definitely is a
lightish green float - Forel scale 7 to 8 and I'm
going to try to get a look at it _g_in on the
next pass.
354 19 14 03 SFT And I moved around a little bit and that certainly
was the brightest in the areas. So 82B was essen-
tially getting spectra from that brightest point
and there was certainly lots of plage running along
the slit - bright points rather - not uniform
plage. For spatial coverage as well as for time
resolution, I gave you 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
down to line 14, truncated, and then started again.
And in the period of time we had available 16 of
those were accomplished, so hopefully if there
are any time variations you might be able to pick
it out of that by some subtracting techniques or
maybe eyeball. We got one more in and we finished
up at 200 - 2 minutes and 50 seconds before 40 K
or - that was below 400 K and then a MIRROR, LINE
SCAN down to 40 K. 82B received 2-1/2-second ex-
posures in WAVELENGTH, SHORT, especially at 24 MIN-
UTES P_2gAINING, 20, 16, 12, 8, and 4. So in looking
exactly at the same point, you got exposures spaced
equally every 4 minutes. And if there are time
variations, hopefully they'll show up, - signifi-
cant time variations, hope they will show up there.
TIME SKIP
CDR ...
354 20 00 45 SPT We'll bring your view inside now, and we'll take
a look at the controls for the Apollo telescope
mount and discuss each instrument in a little
more detail.
TIME SKIP
130_
354 20 34 14 PLT Then watching it the rest of the orbit, I've gotten
occasional hints of point brightening. And I think
that they were, but they were very faint. And they
were accompanied by IMAGE INTENSITY COUNTs on the
order of maybe 8 to 10, 12, something like that.
And PMEC several times went above 700, but I think
it was the South Atlantic anomaly. I've benn watch-
ing active region 00 here. And of course we done -
we've done the building block 36 on active region O0
and that should have some good background data on
that region. However, it looks like it's not going
to do anything in the next few minutes.
354 20 54 38 CDR _his is the CDR at 20:54 Zulu, and the subject
is Earth observations. This morning at 12:07
and this afternoon at 18:38, I was assigned the _
1307
354 20 57 43 CDR They were very huge areas, and I suspect that
they - they were probably fairly eqllalIy grazed.
Along a couple - in the rangeland area, along the
river areas, extending out, oh, probably l0 or so
miles on either side of the river area, was very
1308 _-
354 20 59 36 CDR There are several very long straight lines that
extend through the range area. I couldn't decide
whether those were powerlines or shether those
were possibly areas where pipelines were located.
But at any rate, they're very, very long and
straight. And I imagine it was a dirt road either
along side a powerline or a pipeline. And I no-
ticed along the river areas, where the gardening
was all going along, that on the boundary between
the green area and the rangeland, there was another
line that indicated - looked to me very much like
highways, that the highway was sort of a dividing
line between the cultivated farmland area, on one
side and the beginning of the range or arid - more
arid land on the other side.
354 21 O0 39 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. The time is now 15:00
[sic] Zulu, and this discussion is also Earth
observation. This concerns site number HHI06-6,
13(19_
35_ 21 20 21 CDR How do you ready Ed, can you hear me on A? Okay.
Okay, this is the CDR on the tape recorder. The
time is 15:20 [sic] Zulu, and we're about ready to
start with the M509.
3_4 21 20 _3 CDR Run ntunber 1 for Fogue. Okay, I've got to take
five PAO pictures first here.
PLT ...
PLT ...
PLT No.
354 21 24 46 CDR Okay, the FA0 photos are done. I really don't
know if I'm getting through or not. I can't
hear any feedback at all. How do you read?
1,2,3,4.
CDR Okay.
SPT ...
35h ?_l 26 47 CDR Bill, you ought to get a little elevation; you're
awful close to the floor.
PLT ...
PLT ...
CDR He's got some drift upwards and looks like the
righ%/left drift is down to zero.
PLT ...
PLT ...
354 21 32 59 CDR DATA MARK. He's now facing 432 and starting his
maneuver.
354 21 34 50 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's starting his roll to the
right. He arrived at that data _k position
with a - about 5 degrees of roll right already
in. He's in his roll-right maneuver now and very
little drift rate, if any at all. The only drift
rate is toward 432 and it's extremely small.
PLT ...
PLT Yes.
PLT ...
354 21 40 37 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's got a yaw drift rate and a
roll right drift rate. That was a yaw left thrust
you just heard.
PLT ...
CDR Good rate, good thrust. All right, the net result
of that roll effort was a slight drift to the left
as you face 432 .... - -
PLT ...
PLT Another -
354 21 4h 50 CDR DATA MARK. And he's still got downdrift in all
of his -
PLT ...
354 21 45 22 CDR DATA MARK. He's got a slight drift down now.
354 21 46 45 CDR DATA MARK. Minus Z. That was a good one. There's
very little drift. If anything, he's got a slightly -
a very, very, slight pitchup drift. He 's stopping
it now. And his residual's - -
PLT 27.2.
PLT What?
CDR You need to face 432, don't you? Oh, that's right,
you got to be - your back to it.
PLT ...
PLT What?
CDR Okay, his feet are 2 feet from the floor now, and
he's about 6 feet out from the handbsrs - the
handrails. And he's essentially vertical.
CDR Okay. He's got a data mark in and he's now going
on to the baseline maneuver. How about your PSS
and battery?
PLT Okay.
354 21 54 37 CDR DATA MARK. He's not quite facing the banjo. He's
yawed left about 5 degrees. That was a minus-X
translation. There was a Y. Okay, now he's got
a drift rate and heading for the FMU-2. --
354 21 56 h6 CDR DATA MARK. And his attitude is roll to the right
about - oh, 5 degrees and yaw to the right about
4 or 5 degrees at that point. Okay, he's now
1321
354 22 02 41 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, we're going to stop the DACs.
PLT ...
PLT Okay.
35h 22 03 18 CDR Okay, I've decided that we're going to hold off
the battery and the PSS change; so I'm going to
start the DACs again. They're both running.
Okay, Bill. Go ahead.
35_ 22 06 12 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, Roll was good and yaw was good.
PLT ...
CDR Okay.
PLT ...
f---
CDR 26.5, the battery voltage.
PLT _..
CDR Right.
PLT ...
CDR What?
PLT 26.1.
B54 22 ii 46 CDR This is the CDR, I'm going off the recorder for
a few minutes.
354 22 20 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR back up on the loop again.
The battery and the - and the PSS have both been
changed. We're back to the - going to start the
tracking maneuver. And I owe you a CM ID num-
ber 3 now. I won't screw that up again, I hope.
For the tracking maneuver. He 's in mode CMG;
he's flying in the center of the workshop for
his first maneuver.
354 22 22 02 CDR DATA MARK. All right, he's now pitching down to
put his X-axis at the intersection, the wall and
the deck.
CDR 90 degrees.
354 22 27 50 CDR Okay, there was no data mark after going into CMG.
Really wasn't necessary; the attitude was stable.
So the sequence is data mg_k, CMG, and then began
a translation.
CC ...
FLT Grasp and push, 700 psi via MODE, DIRECT - DIRECT
Use the same stationkeeping points, approx atti-
tudes, and transfer rates as BASELINE MANEUVer.
Grasp statlonkeeping point to arrest rates, then
push off toward next point. Data mark as each
point is grasped. Okay, I'm going to start here.
CDR Allright. F_
CDR Okay, his right foot just barely grazed the DAC
up in the film ring camera location.
CDR Okay.
13_9
35h 22 39 19 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's pushing off. Looks like
a good trajectory.
PLT ...
CDR Okay.
354 22 42 09 CDR Okay, he's hovering along pretty well now. Ne's
got a little higher rate than he usually has.
PLT ...
PLT Yes.
PLT ...
PLT ...
PLT ...
1331
354 22 h7 08 CDR Okay, he's now got his Z-axis parallel to the
floor and his head pointing in the direction that
he's going to be going. He has got his right
side down. He's maneuvering into position in
front of D-404.
PLT ...
PLT No.
CDR Okay, his toes are Just about to touch. Now he's
managed to stop his pitch rate. Hand controllers
look like they're about 18 inches from the dome
lockers right now_ feet are about 3 inches.
PLT Okay.
SPT o. •
CC ...
CDR Okay - -
z_
CDR Okay, that 's the attitude now. And he 's rolli_
to the right now to get heads up, and then he'll
do a mark.
354 23 01 52 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, next is the PSS transfer. You
fly down to the PSS rack, open the clamps, carry
a PSS to the dome and return to the rack, secure
it in the rack, close the clamps. You want - do
it in DIRECT and then in RATE GYR0.
354 23 02 51 CC Okay, Ed, why don't you try going back to REF-
FERENCE once more ....
CC ...
SPT Okay.
35h 23 05 l0 CDR Okay, he's got the PSS now, and he's holding it
between his legs. And he's beginn_ ng to - trans-
lation up to the dome area.
CC ...
1334
PT ° ,.
CC Okay ; copy.
354 23 06 02 CDB Okay, Bill reported, with the PSS between his
legs as he's maneuvering around, the - the
forward-firing thrusters are impinging upon his
leg; can feel it hitting him. Okay, when you get
there, Bill, you fly back down and put it away
again.
PLT Okay.
CDR Okay, I'll tell you what. Why don't you go RATE
GYR0 and bring it back in the RATE GYRO MODE. Got
to save a little bit for some HHMU for me.
35h 23 06 58 CDR Okay, Bill's at the dome now, and he's shifting --
to the RATE GYRO MODE. Give a data mark.
cc ...
PLT Yes.
35_ 23 ii 40 CDR Yes, you're seated. Oh, wait; you need a little
back rotation though. Good; you're in solid.
CDR (Laughter)
CDR All right. Yes, go ahead and turn the POWER OFF,
and we 'ii swap over.
35h 23 21 13 PLT Okay, this the PLT starting the recording on the - -
354 23 21 28 CDR I think so. Let's see .... you've got PT.
###
DAY 355 (AM)
1337
355 00 01 33 PLT MARK. Okay, and now I want 216.2. Dern! Your
darn wheelts caught on - 216.2. That thing, I'd
like to break it, 14.4. Okay, and we're ready to
go soon as I twist the knob. There we go. Okay,
I'm 15 seconds late again because your doggone digit
wheel over there on that cotton-picking ROTATION
indicator. Man, that is a real trap. Have to hold
a flashlight in my mouth if I really want to do it
right. And let's see. The frame, number 54;
field 253; 270, widened; in progress. ROTATION,
216.2; and TILT is 14.4.
CDR ...
355 00 04 15 PLT This is PLT. Are y'all - you trying to take the
recorder?
355 00 04 26 PLT I Just wondered if you were trying to take the re-
corder? It keeps blinking on and off.
CC Roger.
PLT 2minutes.
1338
CDR ...
355 00 07 04 SPT SPT at 12:07, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 22:47. The only thing nominal was the nu z up-
date. I'm finishing up building block 32. I've
Just finished the CONTINUOUS MODE on S052. 56 was
still running in the PATROL, SHORT. I had the FLARE
THRESHOLD set for 512 on COARSE, zero on the FINE,
and I got a flare indication. I got to admit, at
that point, I was not looking at the XUV monitor
through the persistent image scope even though I
had it on and - had it all turned on and ready to
look. At that point, I was setting the MIRROR POSI-
TION for 55 for the JOP 2 coming up. I got a flare
indication, looked up, saw I had a 3 in BERYLLIUM
APERTURE POSITION. IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT was up
above background of - got up to around 20 or 30.
I _mmediately got 54 and 56 going in their FLARE
MODE. I gave 82A a 15-second exposure and then
questioned, Should I - Well, before that, I had 55
in a random GRATING POSITION, something less than
700. What I should have done, probably, was to
have gone to 766 and started a MIRROR, LINE SCAN,
but I put it to - put it to REF _-ith the intent
of catching it a little higher up, after I maneu-
vered over the active region, which I did. But
then I _as a little far - far past the - any rea-
sonable one; so we Just went, as the card says,
right on around to REF. However, as it turned out,
we were looking at a subnormal flare sheath of low
intensity, and we never got up above 600 that I
could see. Maybe 550 even, the batch I saw.
355 00 Ii 21 _T And I think this may have been the problem. And
SO perhaps this has happened before today, now that
I do think of it. On one occasion, I believe we
got two pulses in there so that they really went
up 160 above the actual reading. It will take
fairly careful bookkeeping if that really turns out
to stick with us, to find out where we really are.
We'll have to know what the last value is and _nen
work in deltas and be careful that we don't get a
pulse in there if we change any GRATING POSITION
at the pulse of 80.
_" 355 00 12 13 SPT 4B and 4C were done in points which were close to
bright points in H-alpha. The first one, I maY4mized
on Lyman-continuum. And when I got done, I got -
put it back to zero and looked at oxygen VI readout,
and it was a maximum there also. It was about 30 -
or 3000, as I recall.
355 00 15 40 SPT Well, maybe next time we'll get the big one. The
problem here is catching a relatively small one in
that it's tough to tell when the thing is actually
starting at all, as opposed to being Just small mo-
mentary flickers that we see in 55, for example.
355 O0 16 12 SPT You usually have to wait until you at least get
some confirmation of a significant increase. The
point brightening does help in the XUV monitor.
Unfortunately, when youtre working most of these
JOPs, you don't have your eyes ... anything greater
than, well, 30 percent of the time or so - 30 to 60,
depending upon the type of building block you're
running; so total fraction of the time which has
the eye looking at that monitor over the total time
of active flare is not as high as I would like.
But we'll - we'll keep looking for it and hope we
can get it.
TIME SKIP
355 01 47 02 SPT Okay, we're on attitude now. The rates are damped
out; should be able to see at least a star I would
think. Antares, as I recall, is very close to
that. Brighter than the comet tonight; still do
not see Antares.
355 01 48 16 SPT Have you ever done this before, Jer? Bill, have
you done this one before? S063, using the T023
adapter in the AMS? Have you ever been able to
see the comet using this rig?
355 01 54 05 SPT All I could see was the - the stars shining
through the airglow. I'll check it real quick
here. In the end when we get this - I can take
this filter out of here. Stand by -
13 )4)4
SPT Okay, you can turn them on, Jer. Yes, I'm finally
through. Okay.
355 01 55 36 SPT Okay, we - the last one was frame number 26; so
we used frome numbers 21, 22, 23, 24 - No, let's
go back. Frame number 22 was the first one.
Frame number 22 was the first one with A-l; frame
number 22. Okay, one more time; we'll try it
again. Frame number 22 was with filter A-1. Frame
number 23 was with filter A-3. Frame number 24 was
with the 1-second exposure on A-3. Frame number 25
was with the nominal exposure on C-3. And frame
number 26 was the last exposure, with B-1.
355 01 56 26 SPT Okay, the operation was not too bad in terms of the
time it took - You can Just about do it in the time
you got laid out here. I know you don't have time -
much time to observe. You waut to squeeze in as
much as possible; so we understand that. You know,
although I was not able to see the comet, I could
see the airglow and the star coming through the
airglow, which may well have been Antares. I could
not look for the comet when it should have actually
been in there because I do not have a clear filter
to look through.
355 02 l0 29 PLT Now the other modes are fine - It Just requires -
The thing is, it's un - it's unsatisfyingto fly
in RATE GYR0 or CMG sometimes because you think
you're doing a sloppy, inefficient Job. Actually,
I think the RATE GYRO MODE is pretty good. You
don't have the feeling that you're - aren't com-
pletely on top of - or completely in control down
to the - the finest degree. So I'd say my first
preference is CMG, second is the RATE GYRO, and
third is DIRECT because of the - and those are
the decreasing degrees of fineness of attitude
control. Thrust - thruster translation, no big -
major - big problem.
355 02 ll 52 PLT Did some modes take more attention to flying than
others? DIRECT, the most attention; RATE GYRO,
next; and the CMG, least of all, because of the
fineness of control. If you're satisfied with a
sort of a half-assed attitude performance, I think
that there is not a big difference in all those
modes. If you're trying to get the school-solution
attitude in each one of these things, then I think
that CMG is by far a better one.
355 02 13 12 PLT Should any m-neuver be changed for the next M509
run? No. I think that you got a very nice run
established there and it sort of test, you know,
the - all the manner - in all manners of testing
that seem appropriate for this type of experiment.
355 02 13 27 PLT That is, they're trying to get - to use the - get
the individual to try to visualize himself in a
three-dimensional context and to approximate
in his own mind the thrusting required to change
attitude along a certain like in space. ASMU
controllability; During the single axis cals,
DIRECT MODE, did you notice any attitude distur-
bances when commanding translation? Which axis
and direction? Well, I noticed them, and they
were commented on by Jerry; and I got no big bone
to pick with those. I expected them, and I think
it's a c. g. problem. And I think it's Just some-
thing that you Just live with. And you - after a
while will work it out. It was not all that
distracting, although it was obviously present.
355 02 lh 15 PLT During the songle axis cals, DIRECT MODE, did you
notice arritude rates increase or attitude change
about an axis other than the axis c,_.,.anded? Which
axis and direction? Well, I can't answer that
precisely. Let's see - No, I cannot. I can -
don't remember. Were attitude disturbances due
to normal limb motions in the DIRECT bothersome -
in the DIRECT mode bothersome? No.
355 02 lh h9 PLT Did you notice any "leg lag" during rotation to
translation commands? No. Did you inadvertently
contact the OWS? If so, how often? I think I
hit twice. Once - Both of those were in the dome
ring transfer from position 3 to position h, and
once I hit m_ - No, it wasn't it; I guess maybe
twice, on the transfer from position 3 to posi-
tion h, and I can - forget which modes.
355 02 15 17 PLT It was the first one, I think. I hit the - hit my
- touched my foot once - didn't really hit it -
touched my foot. And then also, over near position
13_?
355 02 16 08 PLT Okay, did the A - ASMU tend to slip Juring roll
commands? No. We were tied down pretty well.
OWS factors: Did you notice the OWS air velocity
perturbating your translations? Negative. Your
stationkeeping? Negative. It may have, but I
didn't notice it. Did shadows provide useful
motion cues? No. Yet a lot of this, I think, by
far and away, completely overpowering anything like
shadows or anything else, high intensity lights or
anything else, is not mentioned. The one thing
here that was the most disturbing, bothersome,
irritatingin the whole thing is that darned
headgear you got. Those goggles are terrible.
T_ey've - they have all kinds of visual distortion
in them.
355 02 18 16 PLT And I know darn well it took me a good week before
I got my sea legs, so to speak, in the workshop.
355 02 18 22 PLT Now I think other crewmen that have flown probably -
would have become adjusted much more quickly than
I have, but it took me a week. And I don't think
that I wculd have wanted to Jump - Oh, I would -
I could have done it, because we went EVA, if you
recall, within the first week and I had no problems.
But there is a greater tendency during that first
week.
355 02 42 06 SPT The rivers and water erosion areas are very dis-
cernible on the west side and on the east. And
there does appesr to be a preferred orientation
for these relative to the fault line. That is,
the ones on the west side appear to be focused up
a little, as towards the north, and the ones on
the south a little towards the south. I'm sorry.
The ones on on the west side slope ncrth; the ones
on the east side slope south. However - that
may be around 20 degrees or so off of the
perpendicular to the fault line. However, as far
as identifying these as other faults, that's -
that's hard to say. Ridges between mountains
which carry a lot of water Just by the nature of
their - where they - where they fall on the
gravitational field, doesn't necessarily mean
that it's a fault. You can identify these
features - they're linear - but to call them a -
a fault is, I find from observations up here, very
difficult to do.
B55 03 02 33 CDR That was Just about the time I was supposed to
have been doing an nu z update; so I stuck m_ eye
to the - the - what am I trying to think of - oh,
the persistence image scope. All I could think
of was the pseuconym. At any rate, I had my eye
glued to that. And that persnickety [sic] thing
didn't bother to do any - any point brightening;
so we didn't get any - arCf action from O0 on the
last pass of the evening.
355 03 25 18 SPT It's for the 02:26 pass over New Zealand. I'd
like to mention that before and after New Zealand -
that is, on the west side especially - I was able
to see a far - fair amount of plankton blooming.
I saw it probably about 4 minutes before we hit
the coastline. It was relatively diffuse. Hold
on, and I'll give you the colors.
355 03 26 25 SPT Okay, first of all I saw some fairly large eddies
to the west of - of New Zealand, and again the
color differences were relatively small. I would
say where I was looking at water which has not had
specular reflection on it, the color was probably
about a 3 or a 4. The color of the plankton bloom-
ing was more like a 6, maybe a 5 or a 6 in some
cases, just a very slight difference, but it was
very evident. It reminded us a little bit of
water - a little bit of oil on top of water, Just
barely enough to - to change the - the color and
give you a slight contrast. As we moved a little
bit closer, the eddies became a little bit smaller.
And I could see the increase in contrast, and I
would call it - probably got up to at best about
an 8 or so. And the type of water surface you're
looking at seems to have a lot to do with it. I
can see very rough water appears to have a darker
color to it. It does not reflect as well, probably
because of the Sun angles, and the - the opposite
of course is true. Where it's relatively smooth,
you can get a fairly good reflection on the water.
Color does not come out as well; you get more of
a white, specular reflection.
TIME SKIP
355 04 24 45 CDR This is the CDR at 04:25 Zulu reporting M487-5 for
the day. The CDR: Morning height, 70 inches;
evening height, 69-7/8 inches; height from soles
of feet to center-of-gravity tattoo m-_k, 50 -
135h
355 04 28 36 CDR And I guess that should have been expected because
you're not having all these light accelerations
and - and rates damped - or masked, I should say,
by the one-g field. And I terminated the MSOg-1
Papa at about 23:50, and I parked the - the ASMU
and powered it down. I considered going ahead
and putting battery 6 on charge. But I decided
that since it was not in the pad anywhere to do
SO, I suspected that maybe what you wanted to
allow was cooling time on the battery, because
it was fairly warm when we took it out of the
ASMU. So I resisted the impulse to go ahead and -
and fire it up on the charger. If this is not
necessary - if this eooldown is not necessary, I
would suggest that you let us know on a pad that
during the post we should go ahead and initiate
the chargeon the firstbatteryused.
355 04 29 h0 CDR Also, Bill and I both agree that the period of
time allowed for M509 is a bit too tight. We
were pretty much up on top of things today. We
were moving quite well. And Bill didn't actually
finish his last run until 5 minutes past the
allotted time, and there was no time left essenti-
ally for stowing the ASMU and getting it all put
away. So our entire time used today - had I not
taken and gone and done the KHMU work - we probably
would have been 15 to 20 minutes over our allotted
time. And I thought we moved pretty quickly.
The only slowness in the whole exercise was that
Bill was using rather slow rates. But I think
that should be allowed for in the time, because
I think you need to start out with slow rates.
And I think that's about it. I can't think of
any other things to mention to you. If you have
any other questions about the KHMU mode, please
feel free to send up a question sheet on the
teleprinter, and I'll answer it on the tape.
1356
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
355 12 57 45 CDR This is the CDR at 12:58 Zulu with a message for
the FA0 for flight planners. On the 24th of
December, we'd like to have a - a TV-81 scheduled.
At that time we would like to say a few words and
show the folks what our Christmas tree looks like.
We would also like to have this 1-hour session -
we'd like to have a 1-hour session, by the way,
with this TV-S1. We would like you to set us aside
an hour in about the early - early half or the
middle of the day. We would like to get the TV-81
in this 1 hour completely out of the way in time
for us to go ahead and - and get started with the
EVA prep, without any interference whatsoever or
any possibility of these two edging each other out.
TIME SKIP
355 13 42 07 SPT SPT at 13:42 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 12:47.
355 13 42 28 SPT The single exposure for 82A and the building block
32 went with no problem, rather quickly. Four-
limb coalignment; I'll give you the results now.
Day 355; time 13:02. The upper limb: H-ALPHA
l, plus a 1005; 82B, plus a 1005; 55, plus a 1010.
Lower limb: 82B, minus 947; 55, minus 947. And
the left limb: H-ALPHA l, minus a 904; 82B, minus
904; 55, minus a 909. Right limb: 82B, plus 1068;
1357
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
CDR Now let me look for a little bit. This eddy that
we have been looking at is what comes in around
the FaSkland Islands and moves up to the northeast
toward Argentina, toward the area of Montevideo.
If we look way baek here, you can see Just beyond
our discone antenna; you can see more of the
Falkland Current, the blooming there, that's going
parallel - You notice it's straightened out; there's
1359
TIME SKIP
355 16 h5 h5 CDR Okay, the next - the next thing you will be seeing
will be observations out the S190 window, which is
the Earth resources window that looks straight down.
And the first one will be done at about 10:20 in
the morning, central standard time, and then later
about noon. See you then. I'll be darned!
TIME SKIP
355 18 02 05 CDR This is the CDR at 16:00 Zulu, kicking myself right
and left for not having any tape left on the VTR.
We're coming up the east coast of Argentina. We're
getting a beautiful view of the Falkland Current
and the blooming that goes along with it. And the
blooming is very green, aquamarine color. We're
coming up on Montevideo now and Buenos Aires,
where the confluence is. We can see a rather iri-
descent blue coming down from the north, which is
obviously the South Equatorial Current. It's more
of a turquoise color. The sea, in general, is a
regular, Just blue sea. You can see the confluence
of these two currents, and you can see that they
don't seem to be mixing here, that they're staying
separate and they're kind of twisting around like
taffy together. And as they move out towards the
southeast together, you can see stripes of - of
aquamarine and stripes of turquoise together,
twisted together as the - as the currents move out
to the southeast.
1363
355 18 03 16 CDR Man, I'm sick about this, because this would have
really made TV78-1 a real good piece of data. But
as it stands now, you've got a - a little short
classroom lecture, about 2 minutes, of the southern
end of the Falkland Current, the Straits of Magel-
lan, and a little look at the Falkland Islands.
And the real meat is right here at this pass.
TIME SKIP
355 18 33 29 SPT I really still did not trust and still do not trust
our scale factor that we've come up with for the
Y-axis because I don't think we've worked that one
enough. So I put in a maneuver. Well, let me say
the delta first was a minus 30 and a plus 32, which
I should have ENTERed, going straight by the over-
lay. I corrected that a bit, and since ... ob-
served a larger overshoot in Y, I put in a
minus 27 - Just one off - and a plus 126 in X.
Now that got us right about down to 130 on the
X-axis.
136h
355 18 35 50 SPT And I suggest in the future that maybe you want to
still try to put it at 70 and 70, but if we don't
see it, we'll probably make a maneuver to try to -
assuming it's further in than that - and move it
out, because we will be able to see it further out
if it's - if it is somewhere around 100 to 130.
That's if the brightness increases as predicted.
Okay, we got in there and did the first building
block 30. We got 50 - 55 going and 52 and 82B.
Oh, excuse me. Let's go back.
355 18 38 28 SPT The 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER did not show anything
other than an occasional noise count in the last
digit. Going through the South Atlantic anomaly,
that last digit was always flickering out of zero
and going to 1 or 2. But outside the anomaly, we
never saw anything to indicate that we were in the -
on the source of Lyman-alpha. So everything went
as scheduled.
355 18 39 31 SPT The maneuvers, which were put in there for motion
compensation, were paid out. Well, the first ma-
neuver to the - through the comet was done at 16:10.
And then every 20 minutes we made a maneuver for
compensation. One at 16:30, one at 16:50, 17:10,
17:30, and 17:50. Of course, at 18:10 we made
the maneuver back to SI. Second orbit came up.
And we - carried out the building block as called
out. 56 got about a 37-minute exposure; SINGLE
FRAME, FILTER 3. 82B - got a SHORT WAVELENGTH,
lO-minute exposure and again SHORT WAVELENGTH,
27-minute exposure.
355 18 44 27 SPT That is, in SI seen in daylight. And you can get
a - a delta. I would say, though, that looking at
that and knowing that it was fairly close to hav-
ing the - the center of the Sun close to the cen-
ter of the tube - So it looks like we're talking
about 0.2 to 0.3 of - of an error, which is
appreciable.
355 18 45 14 SPT The star tracker data, which we did not use for
maneuvering - but I could give you for reference:
At 16:35, we had for star l, the OUTER GIMBAL with
a minus 626 and INNER GIMBAL of plus 545.
TIME SKIP
1367
355 19 59 01 PLT PLT, debriefing the ATM pass started 19:06 Zulu.
J0P 6, step 2, building block 2, performed per JOP
S,,-,,arySheet. Truncated at 6 minutes. Single
exposure 82 Alfa taken as per pad. ROLL, zero;
SHORT, lO seconds. Did not do a video tape as per
ground instructions. Observed for a considerable
length of time. Did shopping list 26 on bright
points. I did mainly GRATING, AUTO SCANs on the
bright point, the little knot in the ribbon that
was called up from ground with H-alpha 1 pointing,
standing by with the slit in case the flare broke.
Went up and down. Went through the South Atlantic
anomaly; got some high PMEC count ; IMAGE INTENSITY
COUNT never did go above 26. It was mainly between
2 and lO. Beryllium aperture never changed; how-
ever, the kink of the - that little ribbon that
goes from out of the sunspot sort of to the north-
east did brighten considerably toward the end of
the pass, but I still did not get a high PMEC. I -
When I saw that part of it was coming to an end,
I repointed with H-alpha 2, did - did a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at 0000. And I terminated the run with
that MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, and looks like the thing
is getting ready to pop. But, golly, I don't know
f- when. So that's about it for this pass.
355 20 03 58 SPT Test nl_mber 2. All the pitches and then the rolls:
200, 198, 196, 192, 190, 200, 202, 204, 204, 203.
The rolls: 186, 186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 194, 192,
186, 189.
355 20 06 22 SPT Test 6: 94, 97, 98, 96, 9h, 170, 168, 164, 161,
and 163. And again, this is the pitches that I've
Just given you for test 6. Rolls: 165, 168, 170,
168, 169, 188, 190, 190, 191, 194.
TIME SKIP
PLT PLT.
355 21 13 49 PLT I'm at 21:14 and reading number 1 data, the direc-
tion 1 for the SPT. Internal, pitch and roll, respec-
tively: 14.0, 69.7, 15 - 17.5, 69.2, 15.0, 71.7,
12.5, 70.2, 13.0, 67.2. External: 13.5, 68.8,
14.0, 69.3, 13.0, 70.0, ll -ll.O, 70.7, 13.0,
71.8. For the PLT on l, internal: 7.0, 71.8,
13.5, 18.8- that's 68.8, lO.O, 68.0, 10.5, 69.0,
lO.O, 69.0. External: ll.O, 69.9, 4.0, 68.9,
10.5, 68.9, 9.0, 70.3, 14.0, 69.0. Log 2, SPT,
internal: 198, 191, 203, 191, 206, 190, 209,
189, 213, 189. External: 209, 187, 211, 187, 215,
190, 213, 190, 223, 192. PLT, internal on log 2:
182, 188, 181, 188, 182, 193, 189, 191, 189, 190.
External: 189, 188, 190, 189, 191, 190, 189, 194,
191, 190. End of log 2.
355 21 15 46 PLT Log 3, SPT, and internal: 216, 186, 224, 187, 226,
189, 225, 189, 225, 191. External: 196, 194, 202,
/- 198, 208, 194, 195, 200, 200, 199. PLT, internal:
194, 184, 191, 182, 191, 185, 190, 187, 187, 192.
External: 184, 190, 184, 193, 187, 193, 188, 191,
186, 193. End of log 3.
355 21 18 16 PLT This is PLT. Log 4, SPT, internal: 8.0, 231, lO.O,
72.0, 6.5, 72.0, 7.0, 70.5, 7.0, 70.7. External:
260 -26.0, 73.8, 21.0, 73.7, 21.5, 72.0, 20.0,
71.0, 23.0, 71.6. PLT, internal: 17.0, 69.4, 4.0,
69.8, h.0, 70.0, 5.0, 69.1, 6.5, 69.3. External:
14.0, 72.0, 13.5, 70.0, 6.0, 71.1, set 9.0, 69.5,
9.0, 65.0. Log 5, SPT, internal: 98, 175, 99,
176, lO0, 179, 99, 176, 103, and 175. External:
184, 189, 180, 190, 175, 190, 176, 188, 176, 187.
PLT, internal: lll, 172, ll2, 17_, ll0, 177, lll,
179, 108, 175. External: 181, 195, 176, 194,
174, 191, 170, 191, 172, 188. Log 6, SPT, inter-
nal: lll, 181, ll6, 180, ll7, 182, ll2, 181, ll9,
182. External: 170, 190, 172, 191, 171, 192,
171, 191, 176, 193. PLT, internal: 103, 170, 99,
171, 99, 172, 98, 171, lO1, 170. External: 179,
189, 175, 190, 171, 193, 17h, 19h, 176, 194.
1370
TIME SKIP
355 21 49 49 CDR This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
pass that started at 20:46 Zulu. One problem area
which I discussed with the air-to-ground, and that
was the problem in performing the nu Z update.
We'll give it another whirl at the next - next
time I come to the console. The building block -
JOP 2A, building block 4-A through Echo, was no
big problem. It all went pretty much on schedule
_ 1371
TIME SKIP
355 23 13 23 CDR This is the CDR at 23:13 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
pass that started at 22:13 with a ground INHIBIT of
MOMENTUM DUMP. We started the pass needing a nu Z
update. Hadn't been able to get it on the press -
pass previous. We got it this time, using some
new gimbal angles that worked out pretty well. The
ATM schedule went quite well. The - the events were
JOP 2A, JOP 6, and J0P 7. J0P 2A was no real -
real problem. The leading sunspot, the sunspot out
in front in - in active region zero zero, is quite
large, well defined, with a beautiful penumbra.
And right behind, Just to the east of that spot, is
a very bright piece of plage and then a little sort
of a dim area and then a second bright piece of -
a spot of plage - bright spot in the H-alpha, that
is. And then stringing on out beyond that are four
or five more bright spots and a filament and a
following spot.
355 23 14 46 CDR Now what I did is, I took the second spot that I
mentioned - the one that was second on the left,
you might say, or to the east of the larger sunspot -
and used that as my pointing reference for the
1372
355 23 30 26 SPT Okay, _PT back again, and we'll continue on here.
Camera, Nikon h; cassette, BE08. Lens: We've
got 55-millimeter, visible. T025 filters installed;
A-1 is the first one. F-stop set to 1.2, and focus
is to infinity. Shutter is cocked, and the first
frame is 27; frame number 27.
355 23 35 00 SPT MARK. Okay, and there's the same scene that I
saw yesterday. It's got the horizon - about a
45-degree, almost halfway through the field of
view - the airglow, two starts - one very bright
one - nice - which is about almost to the edge of
camera's field of view, and a second one closer
to the horizon, I believe. It's barely - Some-
times I can see it, and sometimes I can't. Now
there it is. It's closer to the horizon and a
little off centerline. The other one is pretty
much on the line. The center of the camera is
perpendicular to the horizon. Okay. Coming up
here to 36:35, and we're going to give you a
[[-second exposure with A-I. Stand by.
SPT Stand by -
355 23 h0 14 SPT MARK. 15. Ah! That was at h0:15 when I made
that last one. Last one is no good. Ah! Gosh
dang it. This is the tight schedule. When you're
hustling around here in the dark, you sure can
blow it, which I Just apparently did on that one.
What I did was give a 30-second exposure to - to
C-1. That pad is tough to read, those lines a-
cross. Gosh dang it. Okay, what you got then was
no frame 6 that was worth anything, because it was
looking in the sunlight. It was started 5 seconds
after sunrise, or the time you close up - 23:40:10.
And number 2, C-l, was a 30-second rather than
a 10. I'll tell you it's a tight one. I'll try
and get it next time. SPT out. Well, let me give
you the last frame number here. Frame number 32
is the one we're looking at right now. I'm ad-
vancing it to 33. So you got up to and including
frame number 32, although the last one, as I said,
is not worth anything.
###
DAY356(AM) 1375
356 00 37 29 SPT - - the pass. But active region 00 was much too
good to pass up and I was able to squeeze it in
some time, so I picked up flare wait and a build-
ing block 32. Building block 32, of course, no
problem. Flare wait, I rolled so that the
55 MIRROR, LINE SCAN was encompassing a lot of
bright points. And also, 82B was parallel but not
immediately adjacent to the neutral line. I moved
fairly close to the sunspot - Just to the east of
the sunspot. That's where the brightest point was
and there was a leader going into the sunspot and
I'm pretty confident that when one breaks out, it's
going to break out along in that region.
TIME SKIP
cc Go ahead.
cc Okay, we copy.
CDR Roger.
CDR Roger.
CDR ...
CC Okay, go ahead.
CDR Okay.
p.
SPT 31.8, okay. 127.1 - -
CC Okay.
page ll-3 note that you put the bulkhead vent valve
into VENT position for the night. If you haven't
already done that, that's a good time to do it.
CC That's affirmative.
356 02 h7 07 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 07; we're 7 seconds late
on that.
356 02 54 57 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, getting back to the
ATM debriefing for the 01:19 ATM pass. The first
was a JOF 6, building block IA. That was done by
the SPT, and he did some VTR downlink for you,
or some VTR video recording. And then he did a
J0P 2 Delta, step l, building block ll. At that
time I came in and did JOP 2D, step l, building
block 10, and had no problems with that. At
4 minutes to go, I went into JOP 7, building
block 15, and I extincted your extinction. I got
55 r_ning properly at precisely ll seconds remain-
ing in the time. I released the switch and opened
the shutter. And then doggone if I didn't put the
switch back back to START again to - to close the
shutter; we ended up with a B-minute - B-second
exposure rather than a 1-second exposure. While
I gathered my motor skills and figured out what to
do and remembered to put it down to STOP and close
the shutter. So I'm afraid I butchered your -
your extinction picture for you.
356 02 56 17 CDR Okay, the same two bright H-alpha points that I
mentioned before did the same thing during the this
pass; they were changing intensities. One would
drop in intensity, the other one would pump up Just
=Imost as if there was a - an energy exchange going
on between the two of them. Other than that, there
was nothing else of interest going on. We were _
1383
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
TIME SKIP
356 16 17 ll CDR This is the CDR at 16:20 Zulu with results of the
/_ inventory. I'll start right down the list - the
teleprinter pad that was sent up to me - and give
you the data as we go. M168, solids traps: nine.
M301, PPCO 2 cartridges, new: four red active and
four red passive, six blue active and six blue
passive. And there'll be a C02 inlet and outlet
cartridge changeout today; so you'll need to
subtract those n_,mhers from these. Delta 418 -
Dome _18, towels: red, 40; white, 45; blue, 30.
Dome 448, wipes: three wipes, two wet wipes.
F - Foxtrot 569, trash bags: 35. Echo 622, urine
disposal bags: one bundle. I did not count the
hi,tuBerin the bundle; I figured you'd know.
356 16 40 O0 SPT MARK. Ready for S063. Four frames, Nikon 0_,
BE08, starting with frame number 33. Shutter's
cocked. First is 1-second exposure. Got filter
A-I set in. DOOR is OPEN. We're set to a ROTA-
TION of 209.6 and a TILT of 023.6. Okay, first
one. Give you your 1-second a little more accu-
rately. I'll use - On the EXPOSURE knob, I'll
set it to 1 second, then move it over to B for
the remaining. Okay, there's 41 -
356 16 h2 16 SPT Okay, there's the horizon. Small glow, blue. Not
see any stars as yet nor the comet.
356 16 46 l0 SPT MARK. Okay. And I got your exposures in, but
that was tight. And we also blew one more frame
of film. I'll tell you the overhead on this thing
is getting a little high.
356 16 54 49 CDR This is the CDR at 16:55 Zulu with M487-3 Bravo,
using subject eval guide number 2, which is the
habitability parameters. Okay, first off is the
wardroom. But before I start on that, let me slip
a few parameters your way on what I think of the
food bags - the food containers, not the cans.
356 16 55 58 CDR You can add your water and mix, and then when you're
ready to eat it, you just hold it by the nozzle on
top and stick your knife in around the side and es-
sentially cut the whole top cone away and leave -
leave an inch or so of it attached and then fold
it back and it serves as a little flat top thing.
You can pull - pull the top back out of the way,
put your spoon in your food and get what you want,
and then le - set the flat top back down again.
Works out very nicely.
356 16 57 13 CDR You put hot water in there, and those seals Just
open right up and let all that food move right up
against the top of the bag. And then when you
try to cut that top strip off with a pair of
scissors, you - you succeed in slopping the scissors
all up with food. And as soon as you manip -
manipulate the bag the slightest bit, trying to get
your fingers in the loops or trying to get any-
thing else, squirt! Out comes the - a squirt of
food that seems to get siphoned out through that
slot at the top, and it goes lurching off into
the workshop somewhere. And you're - you're
catching them.
356 16 59 08 CDR The Apollo spoon kits - spoon bags are every bit
as bag [sic] as the spoon bags you got stuffed
down in the - in the can; they're Just, I think,
more trouble than they're worth. And I would
prefer to do without them. I would rather try to
manage with the nozzle-at-the-top type. Cereal
is another problem - the Rice Krispies, corn flakes,
and those. When you get the milk in there and
shake it up, it Just kind of goes all over the
place when you try to use the spoon bag the way
it was designed.
356 17 04 09 CDR Personal mobility aids: Now that we've got the -
Well, I don't know what you mean by a personal
mobility aid. I don't think there are any. The
personal restraint devices: I think the thigh
restraints are okay but not necessary. I would
say that removal of the floor plates has greatly
improved the ease with which we can anchor our-
selves to eat our dinner and do whatever we want
to do. Thermal comfort: It's very comfortable
down in the wardroom. It's one of the more
comfortable rooms in the whole spacecraft. Noise
level is very low in the wardroom, as it is in the
entire OWS, unless you've got the ATMIEREP coolant
loop running. And then the dome takes the noise
as it comes down the airlock and serves as a great
big megaphone and - and sends it down to us
slightly amplified.
356 17 09 17 CDR I would have been nice if that locker was - was
provisioned with ways to restrain small articles
that you would want to keep in there, personal
articles. Temporary equipment restraints: Again,
we're in wide use of snaps, Velcro, and - and
springs, bungees in order to anchor your personal
equipment down. Personal mobility aid: None.
356 17 13 O1 CDR I have already t-lked about the dome lockers and
their arrangement; I think that's quite excellent.
Volume of the compartment is more than adequate.
Ceiling-to-floor prox - proximity: That's not
applicable here because we've got a lot of distance
between ceiling and floor and that's what we want.
Ingress, egress provisions, I think is fine.
356 17 13 51 CDR And another one on the other side would have been
very nice. Stowage volume and access: No problem
there; there's lots of volume and access for stow-
age, and the dome lockers are very good. Temporary
equipment restraints: Here we use equipment straps,
bungees, and the floor grid itself, and it's very
fine.
356 17 19 09 CDR The biggest offender right now is the rate gyros,
and I realize that wasn't a designed feature; that
was something we had to add to survive, and I
understand that. But still you do have pump noises
up there from the Coolanol system and _I 1, and it's
higher than it should be. Illumination in the
airlock - MDA/STS is - is more than adequate; quite
adequate.
TIME SKIP
356 17 48 20 PLT The JOP 2 Alfa, step 6, building block 10, was
repeated per pad with the following modifications:
The GRATING - the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER with GRATING
zero was coordinated with 56 and 5h per pad. I
saw I had time% so I sneaked in a few extra
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS - one at 594, with which the
5h and 56 exposures were coordinated; another one -
RASTER at 10:42, with no other instruments running.
And then a 243h RASTER with - coordinated with
lh01
TIME SKIP
356 19 ii h6 PLT Also, the grid work itself - It's very difficult
to clean food off of because of the small little -
small pieces, the sharp corners, and so forth. -
Ingress, egress: No problem there. We can come
in through the ceiling of - by the minus - Z SAL
and also through the main door. It would be nice
in - in the future if we could have a - some kind
of a convenient darkening capability for the volume
itself, other than Just the - Well, the door doesn't
work, of course, because the grid ceiling is open.
Be nice if we didn't have to use, say, something
like the T002 to - of course, I know that's not the
function of the wardroom, but still that's where
the window is. Wherever the window happens to be,
you ought to be able to immediately dark - darken
the area without going %hrough a paper folding
routine, like you have to do with the T002. Even
though that - that thing is fairly well designed,
it's still an awful lot of trouble to get out and
put back up and discourages you from using it.
356 19 16 42 PLT Other than that, man, we're alway grabbing tissue.
I would personally like to have a wet wipe after
a dry wripe - dry wipe after defecation because,
of course, we're taking dye makers, which makes
it, oh, aesthetically offensive, I suppose is a
good way - It pisses you off, I guess is a way
of saying it, when you have that dye all over your
rear end. But anyway, to make the defecation a
more efficacious procedure, it would be nice to
follow dry wipes with something like a utensil
wipe, so that you can clean up the anus area and
1405
356 19 30 50 PLT You can't even find the numbers on panels. They
refer to numbers that are not even in there. Just
the other day, yesterday in fact, I was doing 557,
and I was directed to the battery vent valve,
number - panel or location number so-and so. That's
another thing. You don't know whether it's a panel
or a location. You can if you look at the number
closely because if it has an M in front of it, then
it's a - a location. If it has - doesn't have a
alphabetical letter M in front of it, then it's a
panel number. But anyway, that number is not in
the spacecraft; this is really a lousy arrangement.
That MDA is really bad. And if you - As I say, if
you want an example of how not to lay something
out, there it is. Boy, go in there and take a
good look because that's the way you don't want
to do it.
it is, then dang it, you don't even need the number.
And if you don't know where it is, the number don't
do you any good. So the MDA is Just - and the STS
is not much better. The panel they got is terrible,
absolutely atrocious. That DC-3 arrangement that
was foisted upon us by MAC DAC is so bad - that
panel 200, 201, and 202 - that it ought to br -
almost ought to be a law against designing a panel
like that in the future. In fact, I - the - there
was an error in the ckecklist, M557 yesterday, which
told me to turn a - to - to CLOSE a circuit breaker
UP yesterday; that was the instructions.
356 19 3h 35 PLT And that - that checklist has probably been written
for quite a long time, but there - right there is
an good example. They wanted me to CLOSE the
circuit breaker, and they put in parentheses UP.
And, of course, you CLOSE circuit breakers by
turning them DOWN when you' re looking at the
printing right side up on the panel. But anyway,
I Just say they - It's also the - the guides. The-
the guards on the switches and everything conceal
an awful lot of nomenclature and make it very
difficult to find a switch. But the 200, 201, and
202 are so bad that, you know, it Just leaves a bad
taste in my mouth everytime I try to work in the
area, because you're moving - your're trying to
move your head to a bad angle. You get your head
where you are in a good angle, and you can't read
the nomens - you are looking upside down at the
nomenclatures. Bad scene all the way around the
STS. I - I can't overemphasize the fact that that
is an extremely poor layout, as far as - as the
control and display panel is concerned. And that
has to do with the more or less paradoxical conven-
tions that are used - conventions that are used as
far as up/down and throwing the switches. And the
major problem in the area is the - the switch
guards, which are absolutely essential in that
area; you are really kicking around in there a lot
of times when you are moving, and - the - you have
to have good switch guards, control guards.
F _
1414
TIME SKIP
356 20 14 25 CDR And you can see, where the current was slowing
down, the plankton was blooming up, coming up and
was forming sort of a mustache or edd_ pattern
indicating - showing that the - the current was
f rejoining, I guess, the - the rest of the west
wind drift current that comes around the south end
of New Zealand. Or is that the great Australian
Bight Current? It's right in that transition
zone where you call it one on one side of New
Zealand and the other on the other side. But at
any rate, this batch of chlorophyll blooming -
or plankton blooming that we saw very, very clearly
showed the easternmost end of the current as it
was coming out of the Cook Strait.
TIME SKIP
CDR Say, thank you, Hank. That must have been a good
one to watch.
TIME SKIP
356 21 52 46 CDR M092 run was started at 20:15 Zulu. The subject
was the PLT. His left calf was 13-3/8; his right
calf was 13-1/8. The legbands used were Charlie
Juliett on the left side, Alfa Quebec on the right
side.
TIME SKIP
356 22 27 24 SPT ... you got an open mike, and I'm going to be
recording until ...
356 22 28 01 CDR This is the CDR and the time is 22:28 Zulu. S201
is the subject, S201 operations. We're setting
up for target number 23. Ro - ROTATION is 90.1;
TILT is 27; and between this one and the next one,
you've only given me 32 seconds to change the
ROTATION and TILT. Pray for me is all I can ask.
There's nobody else available to come over here
and help. Okay, 30 seconds to go.
356 22 39 56 CDR - - ... have the power off now and let things cool
down, and we'll start over again at 22: 42 on T-28.
So I've messed up your exposure on T-14; I lost you
5 minutes on that. T-28 is sitting ready to go now,
over again. It'll start at 22:42:30. The rotation
is good at a ROTATION of 30.2, at a TILT of 27.5..
356 22 42 01 CDR MARK. 42. Okay, this target is T-28, Tango 28.
30.2, 27.5, on the ROTATION and TILT. You'll hear
two marks. The first mark'll be POWER; the second
mark'll be RESTART - or START, I should say. Comillg
up on 30; stand by -
356 22 43 19 SPT SPT at 22:43; ATM pass which began at 21:30. Build-
ing block 32 at the beginning was not done. I sub-
stituted a building block 2 in order to - to get
a better look at - to give 52 a little better look
at the the streamer which was appearing on the west
limb and also to give some relatively long exposures
for the two X-ray instruments, 56 to PATROL, NORMAL
and 54, 256 EXPOSURE.
356 22 44 12 SPT I gave the SINGLE to 82A. I did that first because
we were close to a ROLL of zero when we came up
then to building block 2. 55 in that building
block 2 received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at GRATING
of zero. Okay, I got active region 00. Well, this
time things, it seems, were relatively quiet again
ad rather static. Thought I'd at least work one
of the shopping list items I have not before, and
that was the align profile. And here I chose a
relatively high line of _-gnesium X and put it
1421
356 22 50 56 DR MARK.
356 22 52 02 CDR MARK. Okay, here's what I mean. Your first target
was 90 degrees of ROTATION; 27, TILT. Then T-14
changes the TILT to 9. The T-28 changes the TILT
back to 27-1/2. T-9 changes it back to 9. T-98 _-_
changes - keeps it at 9. Seems to me if you'd
put 28 up ahead of 14 - Now, I don't know if that's
possible because of timing, maybe - it certainly
would have made it a little easier for the
operator, instead of going from 27 to 9 to 27.5
to 9.2.
CDR i minute
to go. _i
CDR Stand by -
TIME SKIP
/-_ 356 23 57 06 SPT SPT at 23:53 [sic]. ATMpass which began at 23:14.
Again I got in a building block 2 at Sun center
versus the 32 to get me 52 a STANDARD and 5_ a
256 EXPOSURE and 56 PATROL, NORMAL. There was a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at a GRATING of zero done at
Sun center also. And again since thing are rela-
tively quiet, but we had a few active regions on
the disk, I thought I'd try a maxiraster, actually
a maxi-and-a-half-raster. I looked at active re-
gion 00 and 01 and 99. And I was interested - I
will be interested in seeing whether there is gay
relationship between those which are across the
equator. I did this at a GRATING of zero, so may-
be the magnesium X will show something. I'll give
you the coordinates. Now, first of all, let me
see, I gave 56 ii PATROL, SHORTS during the se-
quence. And essentially, what we did was just to
work from the 00 on up to 99. Okay, first point-
ing - they all were within a ROLL of plus 0001.
And when I got done it read 0002. First pointing
was - I'll just give you the UP/DOWN and then
LEFT/RIGHT for the six in the order in which I did
it.
142_ •
356 23 59 01 SPT Minus 231 and plus 322. Next pointing, minus 231 -:
_'_
8rod plus 052. _
&
CDR Inwork. :
CC Thank
you. i
,!
###
[
L
i ¢-°"
,°°
,..[.
• ^
,-ii
.....